1 /* ELF linking support for BFD.
2 Copyright 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004,
3 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013
4 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
6 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
8 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
9 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
10 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
11 (at your option) any later version.
13 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16 GNU General Public License for more details.
18 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
20 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
21 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
29 #include "safe-ctype.h"
30 #include "libiberty.h"
33 /* This struct is used to pass information to routines called via
34 elf_link_hash_traverse which must return failure. */
36 struct elf_info_failed
38 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
42 /* This structure is used to pass information to
43 _bfd_elf_link_find_version_dependencies. */
45 struct elf_find_verdep_info
47 /* General link information. */
48 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
49 /* The number of dependencies. */
51 /* Whether we had a failure. */
55 static bfd_boolean _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags
56 (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*, struct elf_info_failed
*);
58 /* Define a symbol in a dynamic linkage section. */
60 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*
61 _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
62 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
66 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
67 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
68 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
70 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
73 /* Zap symbol defined in an as-needed lib that wasn't linked.
74 This is a symptom of a larger problem: Absolute symbols
75 defined in shared libraries can't be overridden, because we
76 lose the link to the bfd which is via the symbol section. */
77 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
81 if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
,
83 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
,
86 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
90 h
->other
= (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN
;
92 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
93 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
98 _bfd_elf_create_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
102 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
103 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
104 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
106 /* This function may be called more than once. */
107 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".got");
111 flags
= bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
;
113 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
114 (bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
115 ? ".rela.got" : ".rel.got"),
116 (bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
119 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
123 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got", flags
);
125 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
129 if (bed
->want_got_plt
)
131 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got.plt", flags
);
133 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
134 bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
139 /* The first bit of the global offset table is the header. */
140 s
->size
+= bed
->got_header_size
;
142 if (bed
->want_got_sym
)
144 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ at the start of the .got
145 (or .got.plt) section. We don't do this in the linker script
146 because we don't want to define the symbol if we are not creating
147 a global offset table. */
148 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
,
149 "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_");
150 elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
= h
;
158 /* Create a strtab to hold the dynamic symbol names. */
160 _bfd_elf_link_create_dynstrtab (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
162 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
164 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
165 if (hash_table
->dynobj
== NULL
)
166 hash_table
->dynobj
= abfd
;
168 if (hash_table
->dynstr
== NULL
)
170 hash_table
->dynstr
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
171 if (hash_table
->dynstr
== NULL
)
177 /* Create some sections which will be filled in with dynamic linking
178 information. ABFD is an input file which requires dynamic sections
179 to be created. The dynamic sections take up virtual memory space
180 when the final executable is run, so we need to create them before
181 addresses are assigned to the output sections. We work out the
182 actual contents and size of these sections later. */
185 _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
189 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
190 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
192 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
195 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
198 if (!_bfd_elf_link_create_dynstrtab (abfd
, info
))
201 abfd
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
202 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
204 flags
= bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
;
206 /* A dynamically linked executable has a .interp section, but a
207 shared library does not. */
208 if (info
->executable
)
210 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".interp",
211 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
216 /* Create sections to hold version informations. These are removed
217 if they are not needed. */
218 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.version_d",
219 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
221 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
224 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.version",
225 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
227 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 1))
230 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.version_r",
231 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
233 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
236 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynsym",
237 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
239 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
242 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynstr",
243 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
247 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynamic", flags
);
249 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
252 /* The special symbol _DYNAMIC is always set to the start of the
253 .dynamic section. We could set _DYNAMIC in a linker script, but we
254 only want to define it if we are, in fact, creating a .dynamic
255 section. We don't want to define it if there is no .dynamic
256 section, since on some ELF platforms the start up code examines it
257 to decide how to initialize the process. */
258 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
, "_DYNAMIC");
259 elf_hash_table (info
)->hdynamic
= h
;
265 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".hash",
266 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
268 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
270 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
273 if (info
->emit_gnu_hash
)
275 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.hash",
276 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
278 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
280 /* For 64-bit ELF, .gnu.hash is a non-uniform entity size section:
281 4 32-bit words followed by variable count of 64-bit words, then
282 variable count of 32-bit words. */
283 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64)
284 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= 0;
286 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= 4;
289 /* Let the backend create the rest of the sections. This lets the
290 backend set the right flags. The backend will normally create
291 the .got and .plt sections. */
292 if (bed
->elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections
== NULL
293 || ! (*bed
->elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections
) (abfd
, info
))
296 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
= TRUE
;
301 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
304 _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
306 flagword flags
, pltflags
;
307 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
309 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
310 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
312 /* We need to create .plt, .rel[a].plt, .got, .got.plt, .dynbss, and
313 .rel[a].bss sections. */
314 flags
= bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
;
317 if (bed
->plt_not_loaded
)
318 /* We do not clear SEC_ALLOC here because we still want the OS to
319 allocate space for the section; it's just that there's nothing
320 to read in from the object file. */
321 pltflags
&= ~ (SEC_CODE
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
323 pltflags
|= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_LOAD
;
324 if (bed
->plt_readonly
)
325 pltflags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
327 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".plt", pltflags
);
329 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->plt_alignment
))
333 /* Define the symbol _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ at the start of the
335 if (bed
->want_plt_sym
)
337 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
,
338 "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_");
339 elf_hash_table (info
)->hplt
= h
;
344 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
345 (bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
346 ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt"),
347 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
349 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
353 if (! _bfd_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
))
356 if (bed
->want_dynbss
)
358 /* The .dynbss section is a place to put symbols which are defined
359 by dynamic objects, are referenced by regular objects, and are
360 not functions. We must allocate space for them in the process
361 image and use a R_*_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
362 initialize them at run time. The linker script puts the .dynbss
363 section into the .bss section of the final image. */
364 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynbss",
365 (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
));
369 /* The .rel[a].bss section holds copy relocs. This section is not
370 normally needed. We need to create it here, though, so that the
371 linker will map it to an output section. We can't just create it
372 only if we need it, because we will not know whether we need it
373 until we have seen all the input files, and the first time the
374 main linker code calls BFD after examining all the input files
375 (size_dynamic_sections) the input sections have already been
376 mapped to the output sections. If the section turns out not to
377 be needed, we can discard it later. We will never need this
378 section when generating a shared object, since they do not use
382 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
383 (bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
384 ? ".rela.bss" : ".rel.bss"),
385 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
387 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
395 /* Record a new dynamic symbol. We record the dynamic symbols as we
396 read the input files, since we need to have a list of all of them
397 before we can determine the final sizes of the output sections.
398 Note that we may actually call this function even though we are not
399 going to output any dynamic symbols; in some cases we know that a
400 symbol should be in the dynamic symbol table, but only if there is
404 bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
405 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
407 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
409 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
;
414 /* XXX: The ABI draft says the linker must turn hidden and
415 internal symbols into STB_LOCAL symbols when producing the
416 DSO. However, if ld.so honors st_other in the dynamic table,
417 this would not be necessary. */
418 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
422 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefined
423 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
426 if (!elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
434 h
->dynindx
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
;
435 ++elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
;
437 dynstr
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
;
440 /* Create a strtab to hold the dynamic symbol names. */
441 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
= dynstr
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
446 /* We don't put any version information in the dynamic string
448 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
449 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
451 /* We know that the p points into writable memory. In fact,
452 there are only a few symbols that have read-only names, being
453 those like _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ that are created specially
454 by the backends. Most symbols will have names pointing into
455 an ELF string table read from a file, or to objalloc memory. */
458 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (dynstr
, name
, p
!= NULL
);
463 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
465 h
->dynstr_index
= indx
;
471 /* Mark a symbol dynamic. */
474 bfd_elf_link_mark_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
475 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
476 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
478 struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list
*d
= info
->dynamic_list
;
480 /* It may be called more than once on the same H. */
481 if(h
->dynamic
|| info
->relocatable
)
484 if ((info
->dynamic_data
485 && (h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
487 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_OBJECT
)))
489 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
490 && (*d
->match
) (&d
->head
, NULL
, h
->root
.root
.string
)))
494 /* Record an assignment to a symbol made by a linker script. We need
495 this in case some dynamic object refers to this symbol. */
498 bfd_elf_record_link_assignment (bfd
*output_bfd
,
499 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
504 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, *hv
;
505 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
506 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
508 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
511 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
512 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, name
, !provide
, TRUE
, FALSE
);
516 switch (h
->root
.type
)
518 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
519 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
520 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
522 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
523 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
524 /* Since we're defining the symbol, don't let it seem to have not
525 been defined. record_dynamic_symbol and size_dynamic_sections
526 may depend on this. */
527 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
528 if (h
->root
.u
.undef
.next
!= NULL
|| htab
->root
.undefs_tail
== &h
->root
)
529 bfd_link_repair_undef_list (&htab
->root
);
531 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
532 bfd_elf_link_mark_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
, NULL
);
535 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
536 /* We had a versioned symbol in a dynamic library. We make the
537 the versioned symbol point to this one. */
538 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
540 while (hv
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
541 || hv
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
542 hv
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hv
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
543 /* We don't need to update h->root.u since linker will set them
545 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
546 hv
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
547 hv
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
548 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, h
, hv
);
550 case bfd_link_hash_warning
:
555 /* If this symbol is being provided by the linker script, and it is
556 currently defined by a dynamic object, but not by a regular
557 object, then mark it as undefined so that the generic linker will
558 force the correct value. */
562 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
564 /* If this symbol is not being provided by the linker script, and it is
565 currently defined by a dynamic object, but not by a regular object,
566 then clear out any version information because the symbol will not be
567 associated with the dynamic object any more. */
571 h
->verinfo
.verdef
= NULL
;
577 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
578 h
->other
= (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN
;
579 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
582 /* STV_HIDDEN and STV_INTERNAL symbols must be STB_LOCAL in shared objects
584 if (!info
->relocatable
586 && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
587 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
))
593 || (info
->executable
&& elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
))
596 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
599 /* If this is a weak defined symbol, and we know a corresponding
600 real symbol from the same dynamic object, make sure the real
601 symbol is also made into a dynamic symbol. */
602 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
603 && h
->u
.weakdef
->dynindx
== -1)
605 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
->u
.weakdef
))
613 /* Record a new local dynamic symbol. Returns 0 on failure, 1 on
614 success, and 2 on a failure caused by attempting to record a symbol
615 in a discarded section, eg. a discarded link-once section symbol. */
618 bfd_elf_link_record_local_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
623 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*entry
;
624 struct elf_link_hash_table
*eht
;
625 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
;
626 unsigned long dynstr_index
;
628 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
629 char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
631 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
634 /* See if the entry exists already. */
635 for (entry
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; entry
; entry
= entry
->next
)
636 if (entry
->input_bfd
== input_bfd
&& entry
->input_indx
== input_indx
)
639 amt
= sizeof (*entry
);
640 entry
= (struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*) bfd_alloc (input_bfd
, amt
);
644 /* Go find the symbol, so that we can find it's name. */
645 if (!bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd
, &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
,
646 1, input_indx
, &entry
->isym
, esym
, &eshndx
))
648 bfd_release (input_bfd
, entry
);
652 if (entry
->isym
.st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
653 && entry
->isym
.st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
)
657 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (input_bfd
, entry
->isym
.st_shndx
);
658 if (s
== NULL
|| bfd_is_abs_section (s
->output_section
))
660 /* We can still bfd_release here as nothing has done another
661 bfd_alloc. We can't do this later in this function. */
662 bfd_release (input_bfd
, entry
);
667 name
= (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
668 (input_bfd
, elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_link
,
669 entry
->isym
.st_name
));
671 dynstr
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
;
674 /* Create a strtab to hold the dynamic symbol names. */
675 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
= dynstr
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
680 dynstr_index
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (dynstr
, name
, FALSE
);
681 if (dynstr_index
== (unsigned long) -1)
683 entry
->isym
.st_name
= dynstr_index
;
685 eht
= elf_hash_table (info
);
687 entry
->next
= eht
->dynlocal
;
688 eht
->dynlocal
= entry
;
689 entry
->input_bfd
= input_bfd
;
690 entry
->input_indx
= input_indx
;
693 /* Whatever binding the symbol had before, it's now local. */
695 = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, ELF_ST_TYPE (entry
->isym
.st_info
));
697 /* The dynindx will be set at the end of size_dynamic_sections. */
702 /* Return the dynindex of a local dynamic symbol. */
705 _bfd_elf_link_lookup_local_dynindx (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
709 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*e
;
711 for (e
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; e
; e
= e
->next
)
712 if (e
->input_bfd
== input_bfd
&& e
->input_indx
== input_indx
)
717 /* This function is used to renumber the dynamic symbols, if some of
718 them are removed because they are marked as local. This is called
719 via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
722 elf_link_renumber_hash_table_dynsyms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
725 size_t *count
= (size_t *) data
;
730 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
731 h
->dynindx
= ++(*count
);
737 /* Like elf_link_renumber_hash_table_dynsyms, but just number symbols with
738 STB_LOCAL binding. */
741 elf_link_renumber_local_hash_table_dynsyms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
744 size_t *count
= (size_t *) data
;
746 if (!h
->forced_local
)
749 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
750 h
->dynindx
= ++(*count
);
755 /* Return true if the dynamic symbol for a given section should be
756 omitted when creating a shared library. */
758 _bfd_elf_link_omit_section_dynsym (bfd
*output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
759 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
762 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
764 switch (elf_section_data (p
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
768 /* If sh_type is yet undecided, assume it could be
769 SHT_PROGBITS/SHT_NOBITS. */
771 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
772 if (p
== htab
->tls_sec
)
775 if (htab
->text_index_section
!= NULL
)
776 return p
!= htab
->text_index_section
&& p
!= htab
->data_index_section
;
778 if (strcmp (p
->name
, ".got") == 0
779 || strcmp (p
->name
, ".got.plt") == 0
780 || strcmp (p
->name
, ".plt") == 0)
784 if (htab
->dynobj
!= NULL
785 && (ip
= bfd_get_linker_section (htab
->dynobj
, p
->name
)) != NULL
786 && ip
->output_section
== p
)
791 /* There shouldn't be section relative relocations
792 against any other section. */
798 /* Assign dynsym indices. In a shared library we generate a section
799 symbol for each output section, which come first. Next come symbols
800 which have been forced to local binding. Then all of the back-end
801 allocated local dynamic syms, followed by the rest of the global
805 _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (bfd
*output_bfd
,
806 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
807 unsigned long *section_sym_count
)
809 unsigned long dynsymcount
= 0;
811 if (info
->shared
|| elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
813 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
815 for (p
= output_bfd
->sections
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
816 if ((p
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
817 && (p
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
818 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym
) (output_bfd
, info
, p
))
819 elf_section_data (p
)->dynindx
= ++dynsymcount
;
821 elf_section_data (p
)->dynindx
= 0;
823 *section_sym_count
= dynsymcount
;
825 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
826 elf_link_renumber_local_hash_table_dynsyms
,
829 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
)
831 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*p
;
832 for (p
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
833 p
->dynindx
= ++dynsymcount
;
836 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
837 elf_link_renumber_hash_table_dynsyms
,
840 /* There is an unused NULL entry at the head of the table which
841 we must account for in our count. Unless there weren't any
842 symbols, which means we'll have no table at all. */
843 if (dynsymcount
!= 0)
846 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
= dynsymcount
;
850 /* Merge st_other field. */
853 elf_merge_st_other (bfd
*abfd
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
854 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
, bfd_boolean definition
,
857 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
859 /* If st_other has a processor-specific meaning, specific
860 code might be needed here. We never merge the visibility
861 attribute with the one from a dynamic object. */
862 if (bed
->elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute
)
863 (*bed
->elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute
) (h
, isym
, definition
,
866 /* If this symbol has default visibility and the user has requested
867 we not re-export it, then mark it as hidden. */
871 || (abfd
->my_archive
&& abfd
->my_archive
->no_export
))
872 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (isym
->st_other
) != STV_INTERNAL
)
873 isym
->st_other
= (STV_HIDDEN
874 | (isym
->st_other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)));
876 if (!dynamic
&& ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (isym
->st_other
) != 0)
878 unsigned char hvis
, symvis
, other
, nvis
;
880 /* Only merge the visibility. Leave the remainder of the
881 st_other field to elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute. */
882 other
= h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
884 /* Combine visibilities, using the most constraining one. */
885 hvis
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
);
886 symvis
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (isym
->st_other
);
892 nvis
= hvis
< symvis
? hvis
: symvis
;
894 h
->other
= other
| nvis
;
898 /* This function is called when we want to merge a new symbol with an
899 existing symbol. It handles the various cases which arise when we
900 find a definition in a dynamic object, or when there is already a
901 definition in a dynamic object. The new symbol is described by
902 NAME, SYM, PSEC, and PVALUE. We set SYM_HASH to the hash table
903 entry. We set POLDBFD to the old symbol's BFD. We set POLD_WEAK
904 if the old symbol was weak. We set POLD_ALIGNMENT to the alignment
905 of an old common symbol. We set OVERRIDE if the old symbol is
906 overriding a new definition. We set TYPE_CHANGE_OK if it is OK for
907 the type to change. We set SIZE_CHANGE_OK if it is OK for the size
908 to change. By OK to change, we mean that we shouldn't warn if the
909 type or size does change. */
912 _bfd_elf_merge_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
913 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
915 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
918 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hash
,
920 bfd_boolean
*pold_weak
,
921 unsigned int *pold_alignment
,
923 bfd_boolean
*override
,
924 bfd_boolean
*type_change_ok
,
925 bfd_boolean
*size_change_ok
)
927 asection
*sec
, *oldsec
;
928 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
929 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
;
930 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*flip
;
933 bfd_boolean newdyn
, olddyn
, olddef
, newdef
, newdyncommon
, olddyncommon
;
934 bfd_boolean newweak
, oldweak
, newfunc
, oldfunc
;
935 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
941 bind
= ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
);
943 if (! bfd_is_und_section (sec
))
944 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
946 h
= ((struct elf_link_hash_entry
*)
947 bfd_wrapped_link_hash_lookup (abfd
, info
, name
, TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
));
952 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
954 /* This code is for coping with dynamic objects, and is only useful
955 if we are doing an ELF link. */
956 if (!(*bed
->relocs_compatible
) (abfd
->xvec
, info
->output_bfd
->xvec
))
959 /* For merging, we only care about real symbols. But we need to make
960 sure that indirect symbol dynamic flags are updated. */
962 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
963 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
964 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
966 /* We have to check it for every instance since the first few may be
967 references and not all compilers emit symbol type for undefined
969 bfd_elf_link_mark_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
, sym
);
971 /* NEWDYN and OLDDYN indicate whether the new or old symbol,
972 respectively, is from a dynamic object. */
974 newdyn
= (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0;
976 /* ref_dynamic_nonweak and dynamic_def flags track actual undefined
977 syms and defined syms in dynamic libraries respectively.
978 ref_dynamic on the other hand can be set for a symbol defined in
979 a dynamic library, and def_dynamic may not be set; When the
980 definition in a dynamic lib is overridden by a definition in the
981 executable use of the symbol in the dynamic lib becomes a
982 reference to the executable symbol. */
985 if (bfd_is_und_section (sec
))
987 if (bind
!= STB_WEAK
)
989 h
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
= 1;
990 hi
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
= 1;
1000 /* If we just created the symbol, mark it as being an ELF symbol.
1001 Other than that, there is nothing to do--there is no merge issue
1002 with a newly defined symbol--so we just return. */
1004 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
1010 /* OLDBFD and OLDSEC are a BFD and an ASECTION associated with the
1013 switch (h
->root
.type
)
1020 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
1021 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
1022 oldbfd
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
1026 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
1027 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
1028 oldbfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
1029 oldsec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
1032 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
1033 oldbfd
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
->owner
;
1034 oldsec
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
1036 *pold_alignment
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
;
1039 if (poldbfd
&& *poldbfd
== NULL
)
1042 /* Differentiate strong and weak symbols. */
1043 newweak
= bind
== STB_WEAK
;
1044 oldweak
= (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
1045 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
);
1047 *pold_weak
= oldweak
;
1049 /* In cases involving weak versioned symbols, we may wind up trying
1050 to merge a symbol with itself. Catch that here, to avoid the
1051 confusion that results if we try to override a symbol with
1052 itself. The additional tests catch cases like
1053 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, which are regular symbols defined in a
1054 dynamic object, which we do want to handle here. */
1056 && (newweak
|| oldweak
)
1057 && ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
1058 || !h
->def_regular
))
1063 olddyn
= (oldbfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1064 else if (oldsec
!= NULL
)
1066 /* This handles the special SHN_MIPS_{TEXT,DATA} section
1067 indices used by MIPS ELF. */
1068 olddyn
= (oldsec
->symbol
->flags
& BSF_DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1071 /* NEWDEF and OLDDEF indicate whether the new or old symbol,
1072 respectively, appear to be a definition rather than reference. */
1074 newdef
= !bfd_is_und_section (sec
) && !bfd_is_com_section (sec
);
1076 olddef
= (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefined
1077 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
1078 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_common
);
1080 /* NEWFUNC and OLDFUNC indicate whether the new or old symbol,
1081 respectively, appear to be a function. */
1083 newfunc
= (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_NOTYPE
1084 && bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)));
1086 oldfunc
= (h
->type
!= STT_NOTYPE
1087 && bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
));
1089 /* When we try to create a default indirect symbol from the dynamic
1090 definition with the default version, we skip it if its type and
1091 the type of existing regular definition mismatch. We only do it
1092 if the existing regular definition won't be dynamic. */
1093 if (pold_alignment
== NULL
1095 && !info
->export_dynamic
1100 && (olddef
|| h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
1101 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != h
->type
1102 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_NOTYPE
1103 && h
->type
!= STT_NOTYPE
1104 && !(newfunc
&& oldfunc
))
1110 /* Plugin symbol type isn't currently set. Stop bogus errors. */
1111 if (oldbfd
!= NULL
&& (oldbfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
1112 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1114 /* Check TLS symbol. We don't check undefined symbol introduced by
1116 else if (oldbfd
!= NULL
1117 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != h
->type
1118 && (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
|| h
->type
== STT_TLS
))
1121 bfd_boolean ntdef
, tdef
;
1122 asection
*ntsec
, *tsec
;
1124 if (h
->type
== STT_TLS
)
1144 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1145 (_("%s: TLS definition in %B section %A "
1146 "mismatches non-TLS definition in %B section %A"),
1147 tbfd
, tsec
, ntbfd
, ntsec
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
1148 else if (!tdef
&& !ntdef
)
1149 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1150 (_("%s: TLS reference in %B "
1151 "mismatches non-TLS reference in %B"),
1152 tbfd
, ntbfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
1154 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1155 (_("%s: TLS definition in %B section %A "
1156 "mismatches non-TLS reference in %B"),
1157 tbfd
, tsec
, ntbfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
1159 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1160 (_("%s: TLS reference in %B "
1161 "mismatches non-TLS definition in %B section %A"),
1162 tbfd
, ntbfd
, ntsec
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
1164 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
1168 /* If the old symbol has non-default visibility, we ignore the new
1169 definition from a dynamic object. */
1171 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
1172 && !bfd_is_und_section (sec
))
1175 /* Make sure this symbol is dynamic. */
1177 hi
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
1178 /* A protected symbol has external availability. Make sure it is
1179 recorded as dynamic.
1181 FIXME: Should we check type and size for protected symbol? */
1182 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_PROTECTED
)
1183 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);
1188 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
) != STV_DEFAULT
1191 /* If the new symbol with non-default visibility comes from a
1192 relocatable file and the old definition comes from a dynamic
1193 object, we remove the old definition. */
1194 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1196 /* Handle the case where the old dynamic definition is
1197 default versioned. We need to copy the symbol info from
1198 the symbol with default version to the normal one if it
1199 was referenced before. */
1202 hi
->root
.type
= h
->root
.type
;
1203 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
1204 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, hi
, h
);
1206 h
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) hi
;
1207 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
) != STV_PROTECTED
)
1209 /* If the new symbol is hidden or internal, completely undo
1210 any dynamic link state. */
1211 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1212 h
->forced_local
= 0;
1219 /* FIXME: Should we check type and size for protected symbol? */
1229 /* If the old symbol was undefined before, then it will still be
1230 on the undefs list. If the new symbol is undefined or
1231 common, we can't make it bfd_link_hash_new here, because new
1232 undefined or common symbols will be added to the undefs list
1233 by _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol. Symbols may not be
1234 added twice to the undefs list. Also, if the new symbol is
1235 undefweak then we don't want to lose the strong undef. */
1236 if (h
->root
.u
.undef
.next
|| info
->hash
->undefs_tail
== &h
->root
)
1238 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1239 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= abfd
;
1243 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
1244 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= NULL
;
1247 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
) != STV_PROTECTED
)
1249 /* If the new symbol is hidden or internal, completely undo
1250 any dynamic link state. */
1251 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1252 h
->forced_local
= 0;
1258 /* FIXME: Should we check type and size for protected symbol? */
1264 /* If a new weak symbol definition comes from a regular file and the
1265 old symbol comes from a dynamic library, we treat the new one as
1266 strong. Similarly, an old weak symbol definition from a regular
1267 file is treated as strong when the new symbol comes from a dynamic
1268 library. Further, an old weak symbol from a dynamic library is
1269 treated as strong if the new symbol is from a dynamic library.
1270 This reflects the way glibc's ld.so works.
1272 Do this before setting *type_change_ok or *size_change_ok so that
1273 we warn properly when dynamic library symbols are overridden. */
1275 if (newdef
&& !newdyn
&& olddyn
)
1277 if (olddef
&& newdyn
)
1280 /* Allow changes between different types of function symbol. */
1281 if (newfunc
&& oldfunc
)
1282 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1284 /* It's OK to change the type if either the existing symbol or the
1285 new symbol is weak. A type change is also OK if the old symbol
1286 is undefined and the new symbol is defined. */
1291 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
))
1292 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1294 /* It's OK to change the size if either the existing symbol or the
1295 new symbol is weak, or if the old symbol is undefined. */
1298 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
1299 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1301 /* NEWDYNCOMMON and OLDDYNCOMMON indicate whether the new or old
1302 symbol, respectively, appears to be a common symbol in a dynamic
1303 object. If a symbol appears in an uninitialized section, and is
1304 not weak, and is not a function, then it may be a common symbol
1305 which was resolved when the dynamic object was created. We want
1306 to treat such symbols specially, because they raise special
1307 considerations when setting the symbol size: if the symbol
1308 appears as a common symbol in a regular object, and the size in
1309 the regular object is larger, we must make sure that we use the
1310 larger size. This problematic case can always be avoided in C,
1311 but it must be handled correctly when using Fortran shared
1314 Note that if NEWDYNCOMMON is set, NEWDEF will be set, and
1315 likewise for OLDDYNCOMMON and OLDDEF.
1317 Note that this test is just a heuristic, and that it is quite
1318 possible to have an uninitialized symbol in a shared object which
1319 is really a definition, rather than a common symbol. This could
1320 lead to some minor confusion when the symbol really is a common
1321 symbol in some regular object. However, I think it will be
1327 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
1328 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0
1331 newdyncommon
= TRUE
;
1333 newdyncommon
= FALSE
;
1337 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1339 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
1340 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0
1343 olddyncommon
= TRUE
;
1345 olddyncommon
= FALSE
;
1347 /* We now know everything about the old and new symbols. We ask the
1348 backend to check if we can merge them. */
1349 if (bed
->merge_symbol
!= NULL
)
1351 if (!bed
->merge_symbol (h
, sym
, psec
, newdef
, olddef
, oldbfd
, oldsec
))
1356 /* If both the old and the new symbols look like common symbols in a
1357 dynamic object, set the size of the symbol to the larger of the
1362 && sym
->st_size
!= h
->size
)
1364 /* Since we think we have two common symbols, issue a multiple
1365 common warning if desired. Note that we only warn if the
1366 size is different. If the size is the same, we simply let
1367 the old symbol override the new one as normally happens with
1368 symbols defined in dynamic objects. */
1370 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->multiple_common
)
1371 (info
, &h
->root
, abfd
, bfd_link_hash_common
, sym
->st_size
)))
1374 if (sym
->st_size
> h
->size
)
1375 h
->size
= sym
->st_size
;
1377 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1380 /* If we are looking at a dynamic object, and we have found a
1381 definition, we need to see if the symbol was already defined by
1382 some other object. If so, we want to use the existing
1383 definition, and we do not want to report a multiple symbol
1384 definition error; we do this by clobbering *PSEC to be
1385 bfd_und_section_ptr.
1387 We treat a common symbol as a definition if the symbol in the
1388 shared library is a function, since common symbols always
1389 represent variables; this can cause confusion in principle, but
1390 any such confusion would seem to indicate an erroneous program or
1391 shared library. We also permit a common symbol in a regular
1392 object to override a weak symbol in a shared object. */
1397 || (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
1398 && (newweak
|| newfunc
))))
1402 newdyncommon
= FALSE
;
1404 *psec
= sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
1405 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1407 /* If we get here when the old symbol is a common symbol, then
1408 we are explicitly letting it override a weak symbol or
1409 function in a dynamic object, and we don't want to warn about
1410 a type change. If the old symbol is a defined symbol, a type
1411 change warning may still be appropriate. */
1413 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
1414 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1417 /* Handle the special case of an old common symbol merging with a
1418 new symbol which looks like a common symbol in a shared object.
1419 We change *PSEC and *PVALUE to make the new symbol look like a
1420 common symbol, and let _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol do the
1424 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
1428 newdyncommon
= FALSE
;
1429 *pvalue
= sym
->st_size
;
1430 *psec
= sec
= bed
->common_section (oldsec
);
1431 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1434 /* Skip weak definitions of symbols that are already defined. */
1435 if (newdef
&& olddef
&& newweak
)
1437 /* Don't skip new non-IR weak syms. */
1438 if (!(oldbfd
!= NULL
1439 && (oldbfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0
1440 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0))
1443 /* Merge st_other. If the symbol already has a dynamic index,
1444 but visibility says it should not be visible, turn it into a
1446 elf_merge_st_other (abfd
, h
, sym
, newdef
, newdyn
);
1447 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
1448 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
1452 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1457 /* If the old symbol is from a dynamic object, and the new symbol is
1458 a definition which is not from a dynamic object, then the new
1459 symbol overrides the old symbol. Symbols from regular files
1460 always take precedence over symbols from dynamic objects, even if
1461 they are defined after the dynamic object in the link.
1463 As above, we again permit a common symbol in a regular object to
1464 override a definition in a shared object if the shared object
1465 symbol is a function or is weak. */
1470 || (bfd_is_com_section (sec
)
1471 && (oldweak
|| oldfunc
)))
1476 /* Change the hash table entry to undefined, and let
1477 _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol do the right thing with the
1480 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1481 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
1482 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1485 olddyncommon
= FALSE
;
1487 /* We again permit a type change when a common symbol may be
1488 overriding a function. */
1490 if (bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
1494 /* If a common symbol overrides a function, make sure
1495 that it isn't defined dynamically nor has type
1498 h
->type
= STT_NOTYPE
;
1500 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1503 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1506 /* This union may have been set to be non-NULL when this symbol
1507 was seen in a dynamic object. We must force the union to be
1508 NULL, so that it is correct for a regular symbol. */
1509 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= NULL
;
1512 /* Handle the special case of a new common symbol merging with an
1513 old symbol that looks like it might be a common symbol defined in
1514 a shared object. Note that we have already handled the case in
1515 which a new common symbol should simply override the definition
1516 in the shared library. */
1519 && bfd_is_com_section (sec
)
1522 /* It would be best if we could set the hash table entry to a
1523 common symbol, but we don't know what to use for the section
1524 or the alignment. */
1525 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->multiple_common
)
1526 (info
, &h
->root
, abfd
, bfd_link_hash_common
, sym
->st_size
)))
1529 /* If the presumed common symbol in the dynamic object is
1530 larger, pretend that the new symbol has its size. */
1532 if (h
->size
> *pvalue
)
1535 /* We need to remember the alignment required by the symbol
1536 in the dynamic object. */
1537 BFD_ASSERT (pold_alignment
);
1538 *pold_alignment
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->alignment_power
;
1541 olddyncommon
= FALSE
;
1543 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1544 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
1546 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1547 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1549 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1552 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= NULL
;
1557 /* Handle the case where we had a versioned symbol in a dynamic
1558 library and now find a definition in a normal object. In this
1559 case, we make the versioned symbol point to the normal one. */
1560 flip
->root
.type
= h
->root
.type
;
1561 flip
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
1562 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
1563 h
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) flip
;
1564 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, flip
, h
);
1568 flip
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
1575 /* This function is called to create an indirect symbol from the
1576 default for the symbol with the default version if needed. The
1577 symbol is described by H, NAME, SYM, SEC, and VALUE. We
1578 set DYNSYM if the new indirect symbol is dynamic. */
1581 _bfd_elf_add_default_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1582 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1583 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1585 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
1589 bfd_boolean
*dynsym
)
1591 bfd_boolean type_change_ok
;
1592 bfd_boolean size_change_ok
;
1595 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
;
1596 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
1597 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1598 bfd_boolean collect
;
1599 bfd_boolean dynamic
;
1600 bfd_boolean override
;
1602 size_t len
, shortlen
;
1605 /* If this symbol has a version, and it is the default version, we
1606 create an indirect symbol from the default name to the fully
1607 decorated name. This will cause external references which do not
1608 specify a version to be bound to this version of the symbol. */
1609 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
1610 if (p
== NULL
|| p
[1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
1613 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1614 collect
= bed
->collect
;
1615 dynamic
= (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1617 shortlen
= p
- name
;
1618 shortname
= (char *) bfd_hash_allocate (&info
->hash
->table
, shortlen
+ 1);
1619 if (shortname
== NULL
)
1621 memcpy (shortname
, name
, shortlen
);
1622 shortname
[shortlen
] = '\0';
1624 /* We are going to create a new symbol. Merge it with any existing
1625 symbol with this name. For the purposes of the merge, act as
1626 though we were defining the symbol we just defined, although we
1627 actually going to define an indirect symbol. */
1628 type_change_ok
= FALSE
;
1629 size_change_ok
= FALSE
;
1631 if (!_bfd_elf_merge_symbol (abfd
, info
, shortname
, sym
, &tmp_sec
, &value
,
1632 &hi
, poldbfd
, NULL
, NULL
, &skip
, &override
,
1633 &type_change_ok
, &size_change_ok
))
1642 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
1643 (info
, abfd
, shortname
, BSF_INDIRECT
, bfd_ind_section_ptr
,
1644 0, name
, FALSE
, collect
, &bh
)))
1646 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1650 /* In this case the symbol named SHORTNAME is overriding the
1651 indirect symbol we want to add. We were planning on making
1652 SHORTNAME an indirect symbol referring to NAME. SHORTNAME
1653 is the name without a version. NAME is the fully versioned
1654 name, and it is the default version.
1656 Overriding means that we already saw a definition for the
1657 symbol SHORTNAME in a regular object, and it is overriding
1658 the symbol defined in the dynamic object.
1660 When this happens, we actually want to change NAME, the
1661 symbol we just added, to refer to SHORTNAME. This will cause
1662 references to NAME in the shared object to become references
1663 to SHORTNAME in the regular object. This is what we expect
1664 when we override a function in a shared object: that the
1665 references in the shared object will be mapped to the
1666 definition in the regular object. */
1668 while (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
1669 || hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1670 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1672 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
1673 h
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) hi
;
1677 hi
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
1681 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, hi
))
1686 /* Now set HI to H, so that the following code will set the
1687 other fields correctly. */
1691 /* Check if HI is a warning symbol. */
1692 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1693 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1695 /* If there is a duplicate definition somewhere, then HI may not
1696 point to an indirect symbol. We will have reported an error to
1697 the user in that case. */
1699 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1701 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ht
;
1703 ht
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1704 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, ht
, hi
);
1706 /* See if the new flags lead us to realize that the symbol must
1712 if (! info
->executable
1719 if (hi
->ref_regular
)
1725 /* We also need to define an indirection from the nondefault version
1729 len
= strlen (name
);
1730 shortname
= (char *) bfd_hash_allocate (&info
->hash
->table
, len
);
1731 if (shortname
== NULL
)
1733 memcpy (shortname
, name
, shortlen
);
1734 memcpy (shortname
+ shortlen
, p
+ 1, len
- shortlen
);
1736 /* Once again, merge with any existing symbol. */
1737 type_change_ok
= FALSE
;
1738 size_change_ok
= FALSE
;
1740 if (!_bfd_elf_merge_symbol (abfd
, info
, shortname
, sym
, &tmp_sec
, &value
,
1741 &hi
, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &skip
, &override
,
1742 &type_change_ok
, &size_change_ok
))
1750 /* Here SHORTNAME is a versioned name, so we don't expect to see
1751 the type of override we do in the case above unless it is
1752 overridden by a versioned definition. */
1753 if (hi
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
1754 && hi
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
1755 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1756 (_("%B: unexpected redefinition of indirect versioned symbol `%s'"),
1762 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
1763 (info
, abfd
, shortname
, BSF_INDIRECT
,
1764 bfd_ind_section_ptr
, 0, name
, FALSE
, collect
, &bh
)))
1766 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1768 /* If there is a duplicate definition somewhere, then HI may not
1769 point to an indirect symbol. We will have reported an error
1770 to the user in that case. */
1772 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1774 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, h
, hi
);
1776 /* See if the new flags lead us to realize that the symbol
1782 if (! info
->executable
1788 if (hi
->ref_regular
)
1798 /* This routine is used to export all defined symbols into the dynamic
1799 symbol table. It is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
1802 _bfd_elf_export_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
1804 struct elf_info_failed
*eif
= (struct elf_info_failed
*) data
;
1806 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
1807 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1810 /* Ignore this if we won't export it. */
1811 if (!eif
->info
->export_dynamic
&& !h
->dynamic
)
1814 if (h
->dynindx
== -1
1815 && (h
->def_regular
|| h
->ref_regular
)
1816 && ! bfd_hide_sym_by_version (eif
->info
->version_info
,
1817 h
->root
.root
.string
))
1819 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (eif
->info
, h
))
1829 /* Look through the symbols which are defined in other shared
1830 libraries and referenced here. Update the list of version
1831 dependencies. This will be put into the .gnu.version_r section.
1832 This function is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
1835 _bfd_elf_link_find_version_dependencies (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1838 struct elf_find_verdep_info
*rinfo
= (struct elf_find_verdep_info
*) data
;
1839 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1840 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1843 /* We only care about symbols defined in shared objects with version
1848 || h
->verinfo
.verdef
== NULL
)
1851 /* See if we already know about this version. */
1852 for (t
= elf_tdata (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
)->verref
;
1856 if (t
->vn_bfd
!= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
)
1859 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1860 if (a
->vna_nodename
== h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_nodename
)
1866 /* This is a new version. Add it to tree we are building. */
1871 t
= (Elf_Internal_Verneed
*) bfd_zalloc (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
, amt
);
1874 rinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
1878 t
->vn_bfd
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
;
1879 t
->vn_nextref
= elf_tdata (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
)->verref
;
1880 elf_tdata (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
)->verref
= t
;
1884 a
= (Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*) bfd_zalloc (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
, amt
);
1887 rinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
1891 /* Note that we are copying a string pointer here, and testing it
1892 above. If bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section is ever changed to
1893 discard the string data when low in memory, this will have to be
1895 a
->vna_nodename
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_nodename
;
1897 a
->vna_flags
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_flags
;
1898 a
->vna_nextptr
= t
->vn_auxptr
;
1900 h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_exp_refno
= rinfo
->vers
;
1903 a
->vna_other
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_exp_refno
+ 1;
1910 /* Figure out appropriate versions for all the symbols. We may not
1911 have the version number script until we have read all of the input
1912 files, so until that point we don't know which symbols should be
1913 local. This function is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
1916 _bfd_elf_link_assign_sym_version (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
1918 struct elf_info_failed
*sinfo
;
1919 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
1920 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1921 struct elf_info_failed eif
;
1925 sinfo
= (struct elf_info_failed
*) data
;
1928 /* Fix the symbol flags. */
1931 if (! _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags (h
, &eif
))
1934 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
1938 /* We only need version numbers for symbols defined in regular
1940 if (!h
->def_regular
)
1943 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (info
->output_bfd
);
1944 p
= strchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
1945 if (p
!= NULL
&& h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
)
1947 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
1952 /* There are two consecutive ELF_VER_CHR characters if this is
1953 not a hidden symbol. */
1955 if (*p
== ELF_VER_CHR
)
1961 /* If there is no version string, we can just return out. */
1969 /* Look for the version. If we find it, it is no longer weak. */
1970 for (t
= sinfo
->info
->version_info
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
1972 if (strcmp (t
->name
, p
) == 0)
1976 struct bfd_elf_version_expr
*d
;
1978 len
= p
- h
->root
.root
.string
;
1979 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (len
);
1982 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
1985 memcpy (alc
, h
->root
.root
.string
, len
- 1);
1986 alc
[len
- 1] = '\0';
1987 if (alc
[len
- 2] == ELF_VER_CHR
)
1988 alc
[len
- 2] = '\0';
1990 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= t
;
1994 if (t
->globals
.list
!= NULL
)
1995 d
= (*t
->match
) (&t
->globals
, NULL
, alc
);
1997 /* See if there is anything to force this symbol to
1999 if (d
== NULL
&& t
->locals
.list
!= NULL
)
2001 d
= (*t
->match
) (&t
->locals
, NULL
, alc
);
2004 && ! info
->export_dynamic
)
2005 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
2013 /* If we are building an application, we need to create a
2014 version node for this version. */
2015 if (t
== NULL
&& info
->executable
)
2017 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
**pp
;
2020 /* If we aren't going to export this symbol, we don't need
2021 to worry about it. */
2022 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
2026 t
= (struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*) bfd_zalloc (info
->output_bfd
, amt
);
2029 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2034 t
->name_indx
= (unsigned int) -1;
2038 /* Don't count anonymous version tag. */
2039 if (sinfo
->info
->version_info
!= NULL
2040 && sinfo
->info
->version_info
->vernum
== 0)
2042 for (pp
= &sinfo
->info
->version_info
;
2046 t
->vernum
= version_index
;
2050 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= t
;
2054 /* We could not find the version for a symbol when
2055 generating a shared archive. Return an error. */
2056 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2057 (_("%B: version node not found for symbol %s"),
2058 info
->output_bfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
2059 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2060 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2068 /* If we don't have a version for this symbol, see if we can find
2070 if (h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
&& sinfo
->info
->version_info
!= NULL
)
2075 = bfd_find_version_for_sym (sinfo
->info
->version_info
,
2076 h
->root
.root
.string
, &hide
);
2077 if (h
->verinfo
.vertree
!= NULL
&& hide
)
2078 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
2084 /* Read and swap the relocs from the section indicated by SHDR. This
2085 may be either a REL or a RELA section. The relocations are
2086 translated into RELA relocations and stored in INTERNAL_RELOCS,
2087 which should have already been allocated to contain enough space.
2088 The EXTERNAL_RELOCS are a buffer where the external form of the
2089 relocations should be stored.
2091 Returns FALSE if something goes wrong. */
2094 elf_link_read_relocs_from_section (bfd
*abfd
,
2096 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
,
2097 void *external_relocs
,
2098 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
)
2100 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2101 void (*swap_in
) (bfd
*, const bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
2102 const bfd_byte
*erela
;
2103 const bfd_byte
*erelaend
;
2104 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
;
2105 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2108 /* Position ourselves at the start of the section. */
2109 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, shdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
2112 /* Read the relocations. */
2113 if (bfd_bread (external_relocs
, shdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != shdr
->sh_size
)
2116 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2117 nsyms
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
2119 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2121 /* Convert the external relocations to the internal format. */
2122 if (shdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
)
2123 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_in
;
2124 else if (shdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
)
2125 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_in
;
2128 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
2132 erela
= (const bfd_byte
*) external_relocs
;
2133 erelaend
= erela
+ shdr
->sh_size
;
2134 irela
= internal_relocs
;
2135 while (erela
< erelaend
)
2139 (*swap_in
) (abfd
, erela
, irela
);
2140 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irela
->r_info
);
2141 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64)
2145 if ((size_t) r_symndx
>= nsyms
)
2147 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2148 (_("%B: bad reloc symbol index (0x%lx >= 0x%lx)"
2149 " for offset 0x%lx in section `%A'"),
2151 (unsigned long) r_symndx
, (unsigned long) nsyms
, irela
->r_offset
);
2152 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2156 else if (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
)
2158 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2159 (_("%B: non-zero symbol index (0x%lx) for offset 0x%lx in section `%A'"
2160 " when the object file has no symbol table"),
2162 (unsigned long) r_symndx
, (unsigned long) nsyms
, irela
->r_offset
);
2163 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2166 irela
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
2167 erela
+= shdr
->sh_entsize
;
2173 /* Read and swap the relocs for a section O. They may have been
2174 cached. If the EXTERNAL_RELOCS and INTERNAL_RELOCS arguments are
2175 not NULL, they are used as buffers to read into. They are known to
2176 be large enough. If the INTERNAL_RELOCS relocs argument is NULL,
2177 the return value is allocated using either malloc or bfd_alloc,
2178 according to the KEEP_MEMORY argument. If O has two relocation
2179 sections (both REL and RELA relocations), then the REL_HDR
2180 relocations will appear first in INTERNAL_RELOCS, followed by the
2181 RELA_HDR relocations. */
2184 _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
2186 void *external_relocs
,
2187 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
2188 bfd_boolean keep_memory
)
2190 void *alloc1
= NULL
;
2191 Elf_Internal_Rela
*alloc2
= NULL
;
2192 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2193 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
2194 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_rela_relocs
;
2196 if (esdo
->relocs
!= NULL
)
2197 return esdo
->relocs
;
2199 if (o
->reloc_count
== 0)
2202 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
2206 size
= o
->reloc_count
;
2207 size
*= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
);
2209 internal_relocs
= alloc2
= (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, size
);
2211 internal_relocs
= alloc2
= (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) bfd_malloc (size
);
2212 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
2216 if (external_relocs
== NULL
)
2218 bfd_size_type size
= 0;
2221 size
+= esdo
->rel
.hdr
->sh_size
;
2223 size
+= esdo
->rela
.hdr
->sh_size
;
2225 alloc1
= bfd_malloc (size
);
2228 external_relocs
= alloc1
;
2231 internal_rela_relocs
= internal_relocs
;
2234 if (!elf_link_read_relocs_from_section (abfd
, o
, esdo
->rel
.hdr
,
2238 external_relocs
= (((bfd_byte
*) external_relocs
)
2239 + esdo
->rel
.hdr
->sh_size
);
2240 internal_rela_relocs
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdo
->rel
.hdr
)
2241 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
2245 && (!elf_link_read_relocs_from_section (abfd
, o
, esdo
->rela
.hdr
,
2247 internal_rela_relocs
)))
2250 /* Cache the results for next time, if we can. */
2252 esdo
->relocs
= internal_relocs
;
2257 /* Don't free alloc2, since if it was allocated we are passing it
2258 back (under the name of internal_relocs). */
2260 return internal_relocs
;
2268 bfd_release (abfd
, alloc2
);
2275 /* Compute the size of, and allocate space for, REL_HDR which is the
2276 section header for a section containing relocations for O. */
2279 _bfd_elf_link_size_reloc_section (bfd
*abfd
,
2280 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
)
2282 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
= reldata
->hdr
;
2284 /* That allows us to calculate the size of the section. */
2285 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* reldata
->count
;
2287 /* The contents field must last into write_object_contents, so we
2288 allocate it with bfd_alloc rather than malloc. Also since we
2289 cannot be sure that the contents will actually be filled in,
2290 we zero the allocated space. */
2291 rel_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, rel_hdr
->sh_size
);
2292 if (rel_hdr
->contents
== NULL
&& rel_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2295 if (reldata
->hashes
== NULL
&& reldata
->count
)
2297 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**p
;
2299 p
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**)
2300 bfd_zmalloc (reldata
->count
* sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*));
2304 reldata
->hashes
= p
;
2310 /* Copy the relocations indicated by the INTERNAL_RELOCS (which
2311 originated from the section given by INPUT_REL_HDR) to the
2315 _bfd_elf_link_output_relocs (bfd
*output_bfd
,
2316 asection
*input_section
,
2317 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*input_rel_hdr
,
2318 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
2319 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash
2322 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
;
2323 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irelaend
;
2325 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*output_reldata
;
2326 asection
*output_section
;
2327 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2328 void (*swap_out
) (bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_byte
*);
2329 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
;
2331 output_section
= input_section
->output_section
;
2333 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
2334 esdo
= elf_section_data (output_section
);
2335 if (esdo
->rel
.hdr
&& esdo
->rel
.hdr
->sh_entsize
== input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
)
2337 output_reldata
= &esdo
->rel
;
2338 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
;
2340 else if (esdo
->rela
.hdr
2341 && esdo
->rela
.hdr
->sh_entsize
== input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
)
2343 output_reldata
= &esdo
->rela
;
2344 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
;
2348 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2349 (_("%B: relocation size mismatch in %B section %A"),
2350 output_bfd
, input_section
->owner
, input_section
);
2351 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
2355 erel
= output_reldata
->hdr
->contents
;
2356 erel
+= output_reldata
->count
* input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
2357 irela
= internal_relocs
;
2358 irelaend
= irela
+ (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
)
2359 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
2360 while (irela
< irelaend
)
2362 (*swap_out
) (output_bfd
, irela
, erel
);
2363 irela
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
2364 erel
+= input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
2367 /* Bump the counter, so that we know where to add the next set of
2369 output_reldata
->count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
);
2374 /* Make weak undefined symbols in PIE dynamic. */
2377 _bfd_elf_link_hash_fixup_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2378 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
2382 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2383 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);
2388 /* Fix up the flags for a symbol. This handles various cases which
2389 can only be fixed after all the input files are seen. This is
2390 currently called by both adjust_dynamic_symbol and
2391 assign_sym_version, which is unnecessary but perhaps more robust in
2392 the face of future changes. */
2395 _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2396 struct elf_info_failed
*eif
)
2398 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2400 /* If this symbol was mentioned in a non-ELF file, try to set
2401 DEF_REGULAR and REF_REGULAR correctly. This is the only way to
2402 permit a non-ELF file to correctly refer to a symbol defined in
2403 an ELF dynamic object. */
2406 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2407 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2409 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
2410 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2413 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
2417 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
2418 && (bfd_get_flavour (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
2419 == bfd_target_elf_flavour
))
2422 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
2428 if (h
->dynindx
== -1
2432 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (eif
->info
, h
))
2441 /* Unfortunately, NON_ELF is only correct if the symbol
2442 was first seen in a non-ELF file. Fortunately, if the symbol
2443 was first seen in an ELF file, we're probably OK unless the
2444 symbol was defined in a non-ELF file. Catch that case here.
2445 FIXME: We're still in trouble if the symbol was first seen in
2446 a dynamic object, and then later in a non-ELF regular object. */
2447 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2448 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2450 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
2451 ? (bfd_get_flavour (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
2452 != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
2453 : (bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)
2454 && !h
->def_dynamic
)))
2458 /* Backend specific symbol fixup. */
2459 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (elf_hash_table (eif
->info
)->dynobj
);
2460 if (bed
->elf_backend_fixup_symbol
2461 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_fixup_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
))
2464 /* If this is a final link, and the symbol was defined as a common
2465 symbol in a regular object file, and there was no definition in
2466 any dynamic object, then the linker will have allocated space for
2467 the symbol in a common section but the DEF_REGULAR
2468 flag will not have been set. */
2469 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2473 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| BFD_PLUGIN
)) == 0)
2476 /* If -Bsymbolic was used (which means to bind references to global
2477 symbols to the definition within the shared object), and this
2478 symbol was defined in a regular object, then it actually doesn't
2479 need a PLT entry. Likewise, if the symbol has non-default
2480 visibility. If the symbol has hidden or internal visibility, we
2481 will force it local. */
2483 && eif
->info
->shared
2484 && is_elf_hash_table (eif
->info
->hash
)
2485 && (SYMBOLIC_BIND (eif
->info
, h
)
2486 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
)
2489 bfd_boolean force_local
;
2491 force_local
= (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
2492 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
);
2493 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
, force_local
);
2496 /* If a weak undefined symbol has non-default visibility, we also
2497 hide it from the dynamic linker. */
2498 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
2499 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2500 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
, TRUE
);
2502 /* If this is a weak defined symbol in a dynamic object, and we know
2503 the real definition in the dynamic object, copy interesting flags
2504 over to the real definition. */
2505 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
)
2507 /* If the real definition is defined by a regular object file,
2508 don't do anything special. See the longer description in
2509 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol, below. */
2510 if (h
->u
.weakdef
->def_regular
)
2511 h
->u
.weakdef
= NULL
;
2514 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*weakdef
= h
->u
.weakdef
;
2516 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2517 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2519 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2520 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
2521 BFD_ASSERT (weakdef
->def_dynamic
);
2522 BFD_ASSERT (weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2523 || weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
2524 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (eif
->info
, weakdef
, h
);
2531 /* Make the backend pick a good value for a dynamic symbol. This is
2532 called via elf_link_hash_traverse, and also calls itself
2536 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2538 struct elf_info_failed
*eif
= (struct elf_info_failed
*) data
;
2540 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2542 if (! is_elf_hash_table (eif
->info
->hash
))
2545 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
2546 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2549 /* Fix the symbol flags. */
2550 if (! _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags (h
, eif
))
2553 /* If this symbol does not require a PLT entry, and it is not
2554 defined by a dynamic object, or is not referenced by a regular
2555 object, ignore it. We do have to handle a weak defined symbol,
2556 even if no regular object refers to it, if we decided to add it
2557 to the dynamic symbol table. FIXME: Do we normally need to worry
2558 about symbols which are defined by one dynamic object and
2559 referenced by another one? */
2561 && h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
2565 && (h
->u
.weakdef
== NULL
|| h
->u
.weakdef
->dynindx
== -1))))
2567 h
->plt
= elf_hash_table (eif
->info
)->init_plt_offset
;
2571 /* If we've already adjusted this symbol, don't do it again. This
2572 can happen via a recursive call. */
2573 if (h
->dynamic_adjusted
)
2576 /* Don't look at this symbol again. Note that we must set this
2577 after checking the above conditions, because we may look at a
2578 symbol once, decide not to do anything, and then get called
2579 recursively later after REF_REGULAR is set below. */
2580 h
->dynamic_adjusted
= 1;
2582 /* If this is a weak definition, and we know a real definition, and
2583 the real symbol is not itself defined by a regular object file,
2584 then get a good value for the real definition. We handle the
2585 real symbol first, for the convenience of the backend routine.
2587 Note that there is a confusing case here. If the real definition
2588 is defined by a regular object file, we don't get the real symbol
2589 from the dynamic object, but we do get the weak symbol. If the
2590 processor backend uses a COPY reloc, then if some routine in the
2591 dynamic object changes the real symbol, we will not see that
2592 change in the corresponding weak symbol. This is the way other
2593 ELF linkers work as well, and seems to be a result of the shared
2596 I will clarify this issue. Most SVR4 shared libraries define the
2597 variable _timezone and define timezone as a weak synonym. The
2598 tzset call changes _timezone. If you write
2599 extern int timezone;
2601 int main () { tzset (); printf ("%d %d\n", timezone, _timezone); }
2602 you might expect that, since timezone is a synonym for _timezone,
2603 the same number will print both times. However, if the processor
2604 backend uses a COPY reloc, then actually timezone will be copied
2605 into your process image, and, since you define _timezone
2606 yourself, _timezone will not. Thus timezone and _timezone will
2607 wind up at different memory locations. The tzset call will set
2608 _timezone, leaving timezone unchanged. */
2610 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
)
2612 /* If we get to this point, there is an implicit reference to
2613 H->U.WEAKDEF by a regular object file via the weak symbol H. */
2614 h
->u
.weakdef
->ref_regular
= 1;
2616 /* Ensure that the backend adjust_dynamic_symbol function sees
2617 H->U.WEAKDEF before H by recursively calling ourselves. */
2618 if (! _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (h
->u
.weakdef
, eif
))
2622 /* If a symbol has no type and no size and does not require a PLT
2623 entry, then we are probably about to do the wrong thing here: we
2624 are probably going to create a COPY reloc for an empty object.
2625 This case can arise when a shared object is built with assembly
2626 code, and the assembly code fails to set the symbol type. */
2628 && h
->type
== STT_NOTYPE
2630 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2631 (_("warning: type and size of dynamic symbol `%s' are not defined"),
2632 h
->root
.root
.string
);
2634 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (eif
->info
)->dynobj
;
2635 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
);
2637 if (! (*bed
->elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
))
2646 /* Adjust the dynamic symbol, H, for copy in the dynamic bss section,
2650 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2653 unsigned int power_of_two
;
2655 asection
*sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
2657 /* The section aligment of definition is the maximum alignment
2658 requirement of symbols defined in the section. Since we don't
2659 know the symbol alignment requirement, we start with the
2660 maximum alignment and check low bits of the symbol address
2661 for the minimum alignment. */
2662 power_of_two
= bfd_get_section_alignment (sec
->owner
, sec
);
2663 mask
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << power_of_two
) - 1;
2664 while ((h
->root
.u
.def
.value
& mask
) != 0)
2670 if (power_of_two
> bfd_get_section_alignment (dynbss
->owner
,
2673 /* Adjust the section alignment if needed. */
2674 if (! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynbss
->owner
, dynbss
,
2679 /* We make sure that the symbol will be aligned properly. */
2680 dynbss
->size
= BFD_ALIGN (dynbss
->size
, mask
+ 1);
2682 /* Define the symbol as being at this point in DYNBSS. */
2683 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= dynbss
;
2684 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= dynbss
->size
;
2686 /* Increment the size of DYNBSS to make room for the symbol. */
2687 dynbss
->size
+= h
->size
;
2692 /* Adjust all external symbols pointing into SEC_MERGE sections
2693 to reflect the object merging within the sections. */
2696 _bfd_elf_link_sec_merge_syms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2700 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2701 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2702 && ((sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
2703 && sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
2705 bfd
*output_bfd
= (bfd
*) data
;
2707 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
=
2708 _bfd_merged_section_offset (output_bfd
,
2709 &h
->root
.u
.def
.section
,
2710 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
2711 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
2717 /* Returns false if the symbol referred to by H should be considered
2718 to resolve local to the current module, and true if it should be
2719 considered to bind dynamically. */
2722 _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2723 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2724 bfd_boolean not_local_protected
)
2726 bfd_boolean binding_stays_local_p
;
2727 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2728 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
2733 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
2734 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2735 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2737 /* If it was forced local, then clearly it's not dynamic. */
2738 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
2740 if (h
->forced_local
)
2743 /* Identify the cases where name binding rules say that a
2744 visible symbol resolves locally. */
2745 binding_stays_local_p
= info
->executable
|| SYMBOLIC_BIND (info
, h
);
2747 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
2754 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
2755 if (!is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
))
2758 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
2760 /* Proper resolution for function pointer equality may require
2761 that these symbols perhaps be resolved dynamically, even though
2762 we should be resolving them to the current module. */
2763 if (!not_local_protected
|| !bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
))
2764 binding_stays_local_p
= TRUE
;
2771 /* If it isn't defined locally, then clearly it's dynamic. */
2772 if (!h
->def_regular
&& !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
2775 /* Otherwise, the symbol is dynamic if binding rules don't tell
2776 us that it remains local. */
2777 return !binding_stays_local_p
;
2780 /* Return true if the symbol referred to by H should be considered
2781 to resolve local to the current module, and false otherwise. Differs
2782 from (the inverse of) _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p in the treatment of
2783 undefined symbols. The two functions are virtually identical except
2784 for the place where forced_local and dynindx == -1 are tested. If
2785 either of those tests are true, _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p will say
2786 the symbol is local, while _bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p will say
2787 the symbol is local only for defined symbols.
2788 It might seem that _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p could be rewritten as
2789 !_bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p, except that targets differ in their
2790 treatment of undefined weak symbols. For those that do not make
2791 undefined weak symbols dynamic, both functions may return false. */
2794 _bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2795 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2796 bfd_boolean local_protected
)
2798 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2799 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
2801 /* If it's a local sym, of course we resolve locally. */
2805 /* STV_HIDDEN or STV_INTERNAL ones must be local. */
2806 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
2807 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
)
2810 /* Common symbols that become definitions don't get the DEF_REGULAR
2811 flag set, so test it first, and don't bail out. */
2812 if (ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
2814 /* If we don't have a definition in a regular file, then we can't
2815 resolve locally. The sym is either undefined or dynamic. */
2816 else if (!h
->def_regular
)
2819 /* Forced local symbols resolve locally. */
2820 if (h
->forced_local
)
2823 /* As do non-dynamic symbols. */
2824 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
2827 /* At this point, we know the symbol is defined and dynamic. In an
2828 executable it must resolve locally, likewise when building symbolic
2829 shared libraries. */
2830 if (info
->executable
|| SYMBOLIC_BIND (info
, h
))
2833 /* Now deal with defined dynamic symbols in shared libraries. Ones
2834 with default visibility might not resolve locally. */
2835 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
2838 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
2839 if (!is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
))
2842 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
2844 /* STV_PROTECTED non-function symbols are local. */
2845 if (!bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
))
2848 /* Function pointer equality tests may require that STV_PROTECTED
2849 symbols be treated as dynamic symbols. If the address of a
2850 function not defined in an executable is set to that function's
2851 plt entry in the executable, then the address of the function in
2852 a shared library must also be the plt entry in the executable. */
2853 return local_protected
;
2856 /* Caches some TLS segment info, and ensures that the TLS segment vma is
2857 aligned. Returns the first TLS output section. */
2859 struct bfd_section
*
2860 _bfd_elf_tls_setup (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
2862 struct bfd_section
*sec
, *tls
;
2863 unsigned int align
= 0;
2865 for (sec
= obfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
2866 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
2870 for (; sec
!= NULL
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0; sec
= sec
->next
)
2871 if (sec
->alignment_power
> align
)
2872 align
= sec
->alignment_power
;
2874 elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
= tls
;
2876 /* Ensure the alignment of the first section is the largest alignment,
2877 so that the tls segment starts aligned. */
2879 tls
->alignment_power
= align
;
2884 /* Return TRUE iff this is a non-common, definition of a non-function symbol. */
2886 is_global_data_symbol_definition (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2887 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
2889 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2891 /* Local symbols do not count, but target specific ones might. */
2892 if (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) != STB_GLOBAL
2893 && ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) < STB_LOOS
)
2896 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2897 /* Function symbols do not count. */
2898 if (bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)))
2901 /* If the section is undefined, then so is the symbol. */
2902 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
2905 /* If the symbol is defined in the common section, then
2906 it is a common definition and so does not count. */
2907 if (bed
->common_definition (sym
))
2910 /* If the symbol is in a target specific section then we
2911 must rely upon the backend to tell us what it is. */
2912 if (sym
->st_shndx
>= SHN_LORESERVE
&& sym
->st_shndx
< SHN_ABS
)
2913 /* FIXME - this function is not coded yet:
2915 return _bfd_is_global_symbol_definition (abfd, sym);
2917 Instead for now assume that the definition is not global,
2918 Even if this is wrong, at least the linker will behave
2919 in the same way that it used to do. */
2925 /* Search the symbol table of the archive element of the archive ABFD
2926 whose archive map contains a mention of SYMDEF, and determine if
2927 the symbol is defined in this element. */
2929 elf_link_is_defined_archive_symbol (bfd
* abfd
, carsym
* symdef
)
2931 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* hdr
;
2932 bfd_size_type symcount
;
2933 bfd_size_type extsymcount
;
2934 bfd_size_type extsymoff
;
2935 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
2936 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
2937 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
2940 abfd
= _bfd_get_elt_at_filepos (abfd
, symdef
->file_offset
);
2944 if (! bfd_check_format (abfd
, bfd_object
))
2947 /* If we have already included the element containing this symbol in the
2948 link then we do not need to include it again. Just claim that any symbol
2949 it contains is not a definition, so that our caller will not decide to
2950 (re)include this element. */
2951 if (abfd
->archive_pass
)
2954 /* Select the appropriate symbol table. */
2955 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
2956 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2958 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
2960 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
2962 /* The sh_info field of the symtab header tells us where the
2963 external symbols start. We don't care about the local symbols. */
2964 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
2966 extsymcount
= symcount
;
2971 extsymcount
= symcount
- hdr
->sh_info
;
2972 extsymoff
= hdr
->sh_info
;
2975 if (extsymcount
== 0)
2978 /* Read in the symbol table. */
2979 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, extsymcount
, extsymoff
,
2981 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
2984 /* Scan the symbol table looking for SYMDEF. */
2986 for (isym
= isymbuf
, isymend
= isymbuf
+ extsymcount
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
2990 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
2995 if (strcmp (name
, symdef
->name
) == 0)
2997 result
= is_global_data_symbol_definition (abfd
, isym
);
3007 /* Add an entry to the .dynamic table. */
3010 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3014 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
3015 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3017 bfd_size_type newsize
;
3018 bfd_byte
*newcontents
;
3019 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3021 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3022 if (! is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
))
3025 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
3026 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (hash_table
->dynobj
, ".dynamic");
3027 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3029 newsize
= s
->size
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
3030 newcontents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_realloc (s
->contents
, newsize
);
3031 if (newcontents
== NULL
)
3035 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= val
;
3036 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_out (hash_table
->dynobj
, &dyn
, newcontents
+ s
->size
);
3039 s
->contents
= newcontents
;
3044 /* Add a DT_NEEDED entry for this dynamic object if DO_IT is true,
3045 otherwise just check whether one already exists. Returns -1 on error,
3046 1 if a DT_NEEDED tag already exists, and 0 on success. */
3049 elf_add_dt_needed_tag (bfd
*abfd
,
3050 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3054 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
3055 bfd_size_type strindex
;
3057 if (!_bfd_elf_link_create_dynstrtab (abfd
, info
))
3060 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3061 strindex
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (hash_table
->dynstr
, soname
, FALSE
);
3062 if (strindex
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
3065 if (_bfd_elf_strtab_refcount (hash_table
->dynstr
, strindex
) != 1)
3068 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3071 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
3072 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (hash_table
->dynobj
, ".dynamic");
3074 for (extdyn
= sdyn
->contents
;
3075 extdyn
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
3076 extdyn
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
3078 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3080 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (hash_table
->dynobj
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
3081 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NEEDED
3082 && dyn
.d_un
.d_val
== strindex
)
3084 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (hash_table
->dynstr
, strindex
);
3092 if (!_bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (hash_table
->dynobj
, info
))
3095 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_NEEDED
, strindex
))
3099 /* We were just checking for existence of the tag. */
3100 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (hash_table
->dynstr
, strindex
);
3106 on_needed_list (const char *soname
, struct bfd_link_needed_list
*needed
)
3108 for (; needed
!= NULL
; needed
= needed
->next
)
3109 if (strcmp (soname
, needed
->name
) == 0)
3115 /* Sort symbol by value, section, and size. */
3117 elf_sort_symbol (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
3119 const struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h1
;
3120 const struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h2
;
3121 bfd_signed_vma vdiff
;
3123 h1
= *(const struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) arg1
;
3124 h2
= *(const struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) arg2
;
3125 vdiff
= h1
->root
.u
.def
.value
- h2
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
3127 return vdiff
> 0 ? 1 : -1;
3130 long sdiff
= h1
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
- h2
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
;
3132 return sdiff
> 0 ? 1 : -1;
3134 vdiff
= h1
->size
- h2
->size
;
3135 return vdiff
== 0 ? 0 : vdiff
> 0 ? 1 : -1;
3138 /* This function is used to adjust offsets into .dynstr for
3139 dynamic symbols. This is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
3142 elf_adjust_dynstr_offsets (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
3144 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
= (struct elf_strtab_hash
*) data
;
3146 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
3147 h
->dynstr_index
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
, h
->dynstr_index
);
3151 /* Assign string offsets in .dynstr, update all structures referencing
3155 elf_finalize_dynstr (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3157 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3158 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*entry
;
3159 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
= hash_table
->dynstr
;
3160 bfd
*dynobj
= hash_table
->dynobj
;
3163 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3166 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (dynstr
);
3167 size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (dynstr
);
3169 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
);
3170 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
3171 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
3173 /* Update all .dynamic entries referencing .dynstr strings. */
3174 for (extdyn
= sdyn
->contents
;
3175 extdyn
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
3176 extdyn
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
3178 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3180 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
3184 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= size
;
3194 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
, dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
3199 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_out (dynobj
, &dyn
, extdyn
);
3202 /* Now update local dynamic symbols. */
3203 for (entry
= hash_table
->dynlocal
; entry
; entry
= entry
->next
)
3204 entry
->isym
.st_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
,
3205 entry
->isym
.st_name
);
3207 /* And the rest of dynamic symbols. */
3208 elf_link_hash_traverse (hash_table
, elf_adjust_dynstr_offsets
, dynstr
);
3210 /* Adjust version definitions. */
3211 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
)
3216 Elf_Internal_Verdef def
;
3217 Elf_Internal_Verdaux defaux
;
3219 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_d");
3223 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (output_bfd
, (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
,
3225 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
3226 if (def
.vd_aux
!= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
))
3228 for (i
= 0; i
< def
.vd_cnt
; ++i
)
3230 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (output_bfd
,
3231 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
, &defaux
);
3232 defaux
.vda_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
,
3234 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
,
3235 &defaux
, (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
3236 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
3239 while (def
.vd_next
);
3242 /* Adjust version references. */
3243 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
)
3248 Elf_Internal_Verneed need
;
3249 Elf_Internal_Vernaux needaux
;
3251 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_r");
3255 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (output_bfd
, (Elf_External_Verneed
*) p
,
3257 need
.vn_file
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
, need
.vn_file
);
3258 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (output_bfd
, &need
,
3259 (Elf_External_Verneed
*) p
);
3260 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
3261 for (i
= 0; i
< need
.vn_cnt
; ++i
)
3263 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (output_bfd
,
3264 (Elf_External_Vernaux
*) p
, &needaux
);
3265 needaux
.vna_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
,
3267 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (output_bfd
,
3269 (Elf_External_Vernaux
*) p
);
3270 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
3273 while (need
.vn_next
);
3279 /* Return TRUE iff relocations for INPUT are compatible with OUTPUT.
3280 The default is to only match when the INPUT and OUTPUT are exactly
3284 _bfd_elf_default_relocs_compatible (const bfd_target
*input
,
3285 const bfd_target
*output
)
3287 return input
== output
;
3290 /* Return TRUE iff relocations for INPUT are compatible with OUTPUT.
3291 This version is used when different targets for the same architecture
3292 are virtually identical. */
3295 _bfd_elf_relocs_compatible (const bfd_target
*input
,
3296 const bfd_target
*output
)
3298 const struct elf_backend_data
*obed
, *ibed
;
3300 if (input
== output
)
3303 ibed
= xvec_get_elf_backend_data (input
);
3304 obed
= xvec_get_elf_backend_data (output
);
3306 if (ibed
->arch
!= obed
->arch
)
3309 /* If both backends are using this function, deem them compatible. */
3310 return ibed
->relocs_compatible
== obed
->relocs_compatible
;
3313 /* Add symbols from an ELF object file to the linker hash table. */
3316 elf_link_add_object_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3318 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*ehdr
;
3319 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
3320 bfd_size_type symcount
;
3321 bfd_size_type extsymcount
;
3322 bfd_size_type extsymoff
;
3323 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hash
;
3324 bfd_boolean dynamic
;
3325 Elf_External_Versym
*extversym
= NULL
;
3326 Elf_External_Versym
*ever
;
3327 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*weaks
;
3328 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**nondeflt_vers
= NULL
;
3329 bfd_size_type nondeflt_vers_cnt
= 0;
3330 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
3331 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
3332 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
3333 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3334 bfd_boolean add_needed
;
3335 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3337 void *alloc_mark
= NULL
;
3338 struct bfd_hash_entry
**old_table
= NULL
;
3339 unsigned int old_size
= 0;
3340 unsigned int old_count
= 0;
3341 void *old_tab
= NULL
;
3344 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*old_undefs
= NULL
;
3345 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*old_undefs_tail
= NULL
;
3346 long old_dynsymcount
= 0;
3347 bfd_size_type old_dynstr_size
= 0;
3349 size_t hashsize
= 0;
3351 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3352 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3354 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
3360 /* You can't use -r against a dynamic object. Also, there's no
3361 hope of using a dynamic object which does not exactly match
3362 the format of the output file. */
3363 if (info
->relocatable
3364 || !is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
3365 || info
->output_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
)
3367 if (info
->relocatable
)
3368 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
3370 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
3375 ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
3376 if (info
->warn_alternate_em
3377 && bed
->elf_machine_code
!= ehdr
->e_machine
3378 && ((bed
->elf_machine_alt1
!= 0
3379 && ehdr
->e_machine
== bed
->elf_machine_alt1
)
3380 || (bed
->elf_machine_alt2
!= 0
3381 && ehdr
->e_machine
== bed
->elf_machine_alt2
)))
3382 info
->callbacks
->einfo
3383 (_("%P: alternate ELF machine code found (%d) in %B, expecting %d\n"),
3384 ehdr
->e_machine
, abfd
, bed
->elf_machine_code
);
3386 /* As a GNU extension, any input sections which are named
3387 .gnu.warning.SYMBOL are treated as warning symbols for the given
3388 symbol. This differs from .gnu.warning sections, which generate
3389 warnings when they are included in an output file. */
3390 /* PR 12761: Also generate this warning when building shared libraries. */
3391 if (info
->executable
|| info
->shared
)
3395 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3399 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, s
);
3400 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.warning."))
3405 name
+= sizeof ".gnu.warning." - 1;
3407 /* If this is a shared object, then look up the symbol
3408 in the hash table. If it is there, and it is already
3409 been defined, then we will not be using the entry
3410 from this shared object, so we don't need to warn.
3411 FIXME: If we see the definition in a regular object
3412 later on, we will warn, but we shouldn't. The only
3413 fix is to keep track of what warnings we are supposed
3414 to emit, and then handle them all at the end of the
3418 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3420 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
3422 /* FIXME: What about bfd_link_hash_common? */
3424 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
3425 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
3427 /* We don't want to issue this warning. Clobber
3428 the section size so that the warning does not
3429 get copied into the output file. */
3436 msg
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sz
+ 1);
3440 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, s
, msg
, 0, sz
))
3445 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
3446 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_WARNING
, s
, 0, msg
,
3447 FALSE
, bed
->collect
, NULL
)))
3450 if (! info
->relocatable
)
3452 /* Clobber the section size so that the warning does
3453 not get copied into the output file. */
3456 /* Also set SEC_EXCLUDE, so that symbols defined in
3457 the warning section don't get copied to the output. */
3458 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
3467 /* If we are creating a shared library, create all the dynamic
3468 sections immediately. We need to attach them to something,
3469 so we attach them to this BFD, provided it is the right
3470 format. FIXME: If there are no input BFD's of the same
3471 format as the output, we can't make a shared library. */
3473 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
3474 && info
->output_bfd
->xvec
== abfd
->xvec
3475 && !htab
->dynamic_sections_created
)
3477 if (! _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
))
3481 else if (!is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
3486 const char *soname
= NULL
;
3488 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*rpath
= NULL
, *runpath
= NULL
;
3491 /* ld --just-symbols and dynamic objects don't mix very well.
3492 ld shouldn't allow it. */
3493 if ((s
= abfd
->sections
) != NULL
3494 && s
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
3497 /* If this dynamic lib was specified on the command line with
3498 --as-needed in effect, then we don't want to add a DT_NEEDED
3499 tag unless the lib is actually used. Similary for libs brought
3500 in by another lib's DT_NEEDED. When --no-add-needed is used
3501 on a dynamic lib, we don't want to add a DT_NEEDED entry for
3502 any dynamic library in DT_NEEDED tags in the dynamic lib at
3504 add_needed
= (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
)
3505 & (DYN_AS_NEEDED
| DYN_DT_NEEDED
3506 | DYN_NO_NEEDED
)) == 0;
3508 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
3513 unsigned int elfsec
;
3514 unsigned long shlink
;
3516 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
3523 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
3524 if (elfsec
== SHN_BAD
)
3525 goto error_free_dyn
;
3526 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
3528 for (extdyn
= dynbuf
;
3529 extdyn
< dynbuf
+ s
->size
;
3530 extdyn
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
3532 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3534 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
3535 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_SONAME
)
3537 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
3538 soname
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
3540 goto error_free_dyn
;
3542 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NEEDED
)
3544 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*n
, **pn
;
3546 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
3548 amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_link_needed_list
);
3549 n
= (struct bfd_link_needed_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3550 fnm
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
3551 if (n
== NULL
|| fnm
== NULL
)
3552 goto error_free_dyn
;
3553 amt
= strlen (fnm
) + 1;
3554 anm
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3556 goto error_free_dyn
;
3557 memcpy (anm
, fnm
, amt
);
3561 for (pn
= &htab
->needed
; *pn
!= NULL
; pn
= &(*pn
)->next
)
3565 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RUNPATH
)
3567 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*n
, **pn
;
3569 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
3571 amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_link_needed_list
);
3572 n
= (struct bfd_link_needed_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3573 fnm
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
3574 if (n
== NULL
|| fnm
== NULL
)
3575 goto error_free_dyn
;
3576 amt
= strlen (fnm
) + 1;
3577 anm
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3579 goto error_free_dyn
;
3580 memcpy (anm
, fnm
, amt
);
3584 for (pn
= & runpath
;
3590 /* Ignore DT_RPATH if we have seen DT_RUNPATH. */
3591 if (!runpath
&& dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RPATH
)
3593 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*n
, **pn
;
3595 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
3597 amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_link_needed_list
);
3598 n
= (struct bfd_link_needed_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3599 fnm
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
3600 if (n
== NULL
|| fnm
== NULL
)
3601 goto error_free_dyn
;
3602 amt
= strlen (fnm
) + 1;
3603 anm
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3605 goto error_free_dyn
;
3606 memcpy (anm
, fnm
, amt
);
3616 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_AUDIT
)
3618 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
3619 audit
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
3626 /* DT_RUNPATH overrides DT_RPATH. Do _NOT_ bfd_release, as that
3627 frees all more recently bfd_alloc'd blocks as well. */
3633 struct bfd_link_needed_list
**pn
;
3634 for (pn
= &htab
->runpath
; *pn
!= NULL
; pn
= &(*pn
)->next
)
3639 /* We do not want to include any of the sections in a dynamic
3640 object in the output file. We hack by simply clobbering the
3641 list of sections in the BFD. This could be handled more
3642 cleanly by, say, a new section flag; the existing
3643 SEC_NEVER_LOAD flag is not the one we want, because that one
3644 still implies that the section takes up space in the output
3646 bfd_section_list_clear (abfd
);
3648 /* Find the name to use in a DT_NEEDED entry that refers to this
3649 object. If the object has a DT_SONAME entry, we use it.
3650 Otherwise, if the generic linker stuck something in
3651 elf_dt_name, we use that. Otherwise, we just use the file
3653 if (soname
== NULL
|| *soname
== '\0')
3655 soname
= elf_dt_name (abfd
);
3656 if (soname
== NULL
|| *soname
== '\0')
3657 soname
= bfd_get_filename (abfd
);
3660 /* Save the SONAME because sometimes the linker emulation code
3661 will need to know it. */
3662 elf_dt_name (abfd
) = soname
;
3664 ret
= elf_add_dt_needed_tag (abfd
, info
, soname
, add_needed
);
3668 /* If we have already included this dynamic object in the
3669 link, just ignore it. There is no reason to include a
3670 particular dynamic object more than once. */
3674 /* Save the DT_AUDIT entry for the linker emulation code. */
3675 elf_dt_audit (abfd
) = audit
;
3678 /* If this is a dynamic object, we always link against the .dynsym
3679 symbol table, not the .symtab symbol table. The dynamic linker
3680 will only see the .dynsym symbol table, so there is no reason to
3681 look at .symtab for a dynamic object. */
3683 if (! dynamic
|| elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
3684 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3686 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
3688 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
3690 /* The sh_info field of the symtab header tells us where the
3691 external symbols start. We don't care about the local symbols at
3693 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
3695 extsymcount
= symcount
;
3700 extsymcount
= symcount
- hdr
->sh_info
;
3701 extsymoff
= hdr
->sh_info
;
3705 if (extsymcount
!= 0)
3707 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, extsymcount
, extsymoff
,
3709 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
3712 /* We store a pointer to the hash table entry for each external
3714 amt
= extsymcount
* sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
3715 sym_hash
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3716 if (sym_hash
== NULL
)
3717 goto error_free_sym
;
3718 elf_sym_hashes (abfd
) = sym_hash
;
3723 /* Read in any version definitions. */
3724 if (!_bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd
,
3725 info
->default_imported_symver
))
3726 goto error_free_sym
;
3728 /* Read in the symbol versions, but don't bother to convert them
3729 to internal format. */
3730 if (elf_dynversym (abfd
) != 0)
3732 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*versymhdr
;
3734 versymhdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_hdr
;
3735 extversym
= (Elf_External_Versym
*) bfd_malloc (versymhdr
->sh_size
);
3736 if (extversym
== NULL
)
3737 goto error_free_sym
;
3738 amt
= versymhdr
->sh_size
;
3739 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, versymhdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
3740 || bfd_bread (extversym
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
)
3741 goto error_free_vers
;
3745 /* If we are loading an as-needed shared lib, save the symbol table
3746 state before we start adding symbols. If the lib turns out
3747 to be unneeded, restore the state. */
3748 if ((elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) != 0)
3753 for (entsize
= 0, i
= 0; i
< htab
->root
.table
.size
; i
++)
3755 struct bfd_hash_entry
*p
;
3756 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3758 for (p
= htab
->root
.table
.table
[i
]; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
3760 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
3761 entsize
+= htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
3762 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3763 entsize
+= htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
3767 tabsize
= htab
->root
.table
.size
* sizeof (struct bfd_hash_entry
*);
3768 hashsize
= extsymcount
* sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
3769 old_tab
= bfd_malloc (tabsize
+ entsize
+ hashsize
);
3770 if (old_tab
== NULL
)
3771 goto error_free_vers
;
3773 /* Remember the current objalloc pointer, so that all mem for
3774 symbols added can later be reclaimed. */
3775 alloc_mark
= bfd_hash_allocate (&htab
->root
.table
, 1);
3776 if (alloc_mark
== NULL
)
3777 goto error_free_vers
;
3779 /* Make a special call to the linker "notice" function to
3780 tell it that we are about to handle an as-needed lib. */
3781 if (!(*info
->callbacks
->notice
) (info
, NULL
, abfd
, NULL
,
3782 notice_as_needed
, 0, NULL
))
3783 goto error_free_vers
;
3785 /* Clone the symbol table and sym hashes. Remember some
3786 pointers into the symbol table, and dynamic symbol count. */
3787 old_hash
= (char *) old_tab
+ tabsize
;
3788 old_ent
= (char *) old_hash
+ hashsize
;
3789 memcpy (old_tab
, htab
->root
.table
.table
, tabsize
);
3790 memcpy (old_hash
, sym_hash
, hashsize
);
3791 old_undefs
= htab
->root
.undefs
;
3792 old_undefs_tail
= htab
->root
.undefs_tail
;
3793 old_table
= htab
->root
.table
.table
;
3794 old_size
= htab
->root
.table
.size
;
3795 old_count
= htab
->root
.table
.count
;
3796 old_dynsymcount
= htab
->dynsymcount
;
3797 old_dynstr_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (htab
->dynstr
);
3799 for (i
= 0; i
< htab
->root
.table
.size
; i
++)
3801 struct bfd_hash_entry
*p
;
3802 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3804 for (p
= htab
->root
.table
.table
[i
]; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
3806 memcpy (old_ent
, p
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
3807 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
3808 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
3809 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3811 memcpy (old_ent
, h
->root
.u
.i
.link
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
3812 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
3819 ever
= extversym
!= NULL
? extversym
+ extsymoff
: NULL
;
3820 for (isym
= isymbuf
, isymend
= isymbuf
+ extsymcount
;
3822 isym
++, sym_hash
++, ever
= (ever
!= NULL
? ever
+ 1 : NULL
))
3826 asection
*sec
, *new_sec
;
3829 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3830 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
;
3831 bfd_boolean definition
;
3832 bfd_boolean size_change_ok
;
3833 bfd_boolean type_change_ok
;
3834 bfd_boolean new_weakdef
;
3835 bfd_boolean new_weak
;
3836 bfd_boolean old_weak
;
3837 bfd_boolean override
;
3839 unsigned int old_alignment
;
3844 flags
= BSF_NO_FLAGS
;
3846 value
= isym
->st_value
;
3848 common
= bed
->common_definition (isym
);
3850 bind
= ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
);
3854 /* This should be impossible, since ELF requires that all
3855 global symbols follow all local symbols, and that sh_info
3856 point to the first global symbol. Unfortunately, Irix 5
3861 if (isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
&& !common
)
3869 case STB_GNU_UNIQUE
:
3870 flags
= BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
;
3874 /* Leave it up to the processor backend. */
3878 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
3879 sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
3880 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
3881 sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
3882 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
3884 sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
3885 /* What ELF calls the size we call the value. What ELF
3886 calls the value we call the alignment. */
3887 value
= isym
->st_size
;
3891 sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
3893 sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
3894 else if (discarded_section (sec
))
3896 /* Symbols from discarded section are undefined. We keep
3898 sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
3899 isym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
3901 else if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) != 0)
3905 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
3908 goto error_free_vers
;
3910 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
3911 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
3913 asection
*xc
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, "COMMON");
3917 flagword sflags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_IS_COMMON
| SEC_KEEP
3919 xc
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, "COMMON", sflags
);
3921 goto error_free_vers
;
3925 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
3926 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
3927 && !info
->relocatable
)
3929 asection
*tcomm
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".tcommon");
3933 flagword sflags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_IS_COMMON
3934 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3935 tcomm
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".tcommon", sflags
);
3937 goto error_free_vers
;
3941 else if (bed
->elf_add_symbol_hook
)
3943 if (! (*bed
->elf_add_symbol_hook
) (abfd
, info
, isym
, &name
, &flags
,
3945 goto error_free_vers
;
3947 /* The hook function sets the name to NULL if this symbol
3948 should be skipped for some reason. */
3953 /* Sanity check that all possibilities were handled. */
3956 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3957 goto error_free_vers
;
3960 /* Silently discard TLS symbols from --just-syms. There's
3961 no way to combine a static TLS block with a new TLS block
3962 for this executable. */
3963 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
3964 && sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
3967 if (bfd_is_und_section (sec
)
3968 || bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
3973 size_change_ok
= FALSE
;
3974 type_change_ok
= bed
->type_change_ok
;
3980 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
3982 Elf_Internal_Versym iver
;
3983 unsigned int vernum
= 0;
3988 if (info
->default_imported_symver
)
3989 /* Use the default symbol version created earlier. */
3990 iver
.vs_vers
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
;
3995 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (abfd
, ever
, &iver
);
3997 vernum
= iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_VERSION
;
3999 /* If this is a hidden symbol, or if it is not version
4000 1, we append the version name to the symbol name.
4001 However, we do not modify a non-hidden absolute symbol
4002 if it is not a function, because it might be the version
4003 symbol itself. FIXME: What if it isn't? */
4004 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) != 0
4006 && (!bfd_is_abs_section (sec
)
4007 || bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
)))))
4010 size_t namelen
, verlen
, newlen
;
4013 if (isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
4015 if (vernum
> elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
)
4017 else if (vernum
> 1)
4019 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1].vd_nodename
;
4025 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4026 (_("%B: %s: invalid version %u (max %d)"),
4028 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
);
4029 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4030 goto error_free_vers
;
4035 /* We cannot simply test for the number of
4036 entries in the VERNEED section since the
4037 numbers for the needed versions do not start
4039 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
4042 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
4046 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
4048 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
4050 if (a
->vna_other
== vernum
)
4052 verstr
= a
->vna_nodename
;
4061 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4062 (_("%B: %s: invalid needed version %d"),
4063 abfd
, name
, vernum
);
4064 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4065 goto error_free_vers
;
4069 namelen
= strlen (name
);
4070 verlen
= strlen (verstr
);
4071 newlen
= namelen
+ verlen
+ 2;
4072 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0
4073 && isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
4076 newname
= (char *) bfd_hash_allocate (&htab
->root
.table
, newlen
);
4077 if (newname
== NULL
)
4078 goto error_free_vers
;
4079 memcpy (newname
, name
, namelen
);
4080 p
= newname
+ namelen
;
4082 /* If this is a defined non-hidden version symbol,
4083 we add another @ to the name. This indicates the
4084 default version of the symbol. */
4085 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0
4086 && isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
4088 memcpy (p
, verstr
, verlen
+ 1);
4093 if (!_bfd_elf_merge_symbol (abfd
, info
, name
, isym
, &sec
, &value
,
4094 sym_hash
, &old_bfd
, &old_weak
,
4095 &old_alignment
, &skip
, &override
,
4096 &type_change_ok
, &size_change_ok
))
4097 goto error_free_vers
;
4106 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4107 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4108 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4110 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
!= NULL
4113 h
->verinfo
.verdef
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1];
4116 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4117 (info
, abfd
, name
, flags
, sec
, value
, NULL
, FALSE
, bed
->collect
,
4118 (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
**) sym_hash
)))
4119 goto error_free_vers
;
4122 /* We need to make sure that indirect symbol dynamic flags are
4125 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4126 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4127 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4131 new_weak
= (flags
& BSF_WEAK
) != 0;
4132 new_weakdef
= FALSE
;
4136 && !bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
))
4137 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
4138 && h
->u
.weakdef
== NULL
)
4140 /* Keep a list of all weak defined non function symbols from
4141 a dynamic object, using the weakdef field. Later in this
4142 function we will set the weakdef field to the correct
4143 value. We only put non-function symbols from dynamic
4144 objects on this list, because that happens to be the only
4145 time we need to know the normal symbol corresponding to a
4146 weak symbol, and the information is time consuming to
4147 figure out. If the weakdef field is not already NULL,
4148 then this symbol was already defined by some previous
4149 dynamic object, and we will be using that previous
4150 definition anyhow. */
4152 h
->u
.weakdef
= weaks
;
4157 /* Set the alignment of a common symbol. */
4158 if ((common
|| bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
4159 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4164 align
= bfd_log2 (isym
->st_value
);
4167 /* The new symbol is a common symbol in a shared object.
4168 We need to get the alignment from the section. */
4169 align
= new_sec
->alignment_power
;
4171 if (align
> old_alignment
)
4172 h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
= align
;
4174 h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
= old_alignment
;
4177 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
4179 /* Set a flag in the hash table entry indicating the type of
4180 reference or definition we just found. A dynamic symbol
4181 is one which is referenced or defined by both a regular
4182 object and a shared object. */
4183 bfd_boolean dynsym
= FALSE
;
4185 /* Plugin symbols aren't normal. Don't set def_regular or
4186 ref_regular for them, or make them dynamic. */
4187 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
4194 if (bind
!= STB_WEAK
)
4195 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
4207 /* If the indirect symbol has been forced local, don't
4208 make the real symbol dynamic. */
4209 if ((h
== hi
|| !hi
->forced_local
)
4210 && (! info
->executable
4220 hi
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
4225 hi
->def_dynamic
= 1;
4228 /* If the indirect symbol has been forced local, don't
4229 make the real symbol dynamic. */
4230 if ((h
== hi
|| !hi
->forced_local
)
4233 || (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
4235 && h
->u
.weakdef
->dynindx
!= -1)))
4239 /* Check to see if we need to add an indirect symbol for
4240 the default name. */
4242 || (!override
&& h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
))
4243 if (!_bfd_elf_add_default_symbol (abfd
, info
, h
, name
, isym
,
4244 sec
, value
, &old_bfd
, &dynsym
))
4245 goto error_free_vers
;
4247 /* Check the alignment when a common symbol is involved. This
4248 can change when a common symbol is overridden by a normal
4249 definition or a common symbol is ignored due to the old
4250 normal definition. We need to make sure the maximum
4251 alignment is maintained. */
4252 if ((old_alignment
|| common
)
4253 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_common
)
4255 unsigned int common_align
;
4256 unsigned int normal_align
;
4257 unsigned int symbol_align
;
4261 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4262 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
4264 symbol_align
= ffs (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
) - 1;
4265 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
4266 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
4268 normal_align
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->alignment_power
;
4269 if (normal_align
> symbol_align
)
4270 normal_align
= symbol_align
;
4273 normal_align
= symbol_align
;
4277 common_align
= old_alignment
;
4278 common_bfd
= old_bfd
;
4283 common_align
= bfd_log2 (isym
->st_value
);
4285 normal_bfd
= old_bfd
;
4288 if (normal_align
< common_align
)
4290 /* PR binutils/2735 */
4291 if (normal_bfd
== NULL
)
4292 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4293 (_("Warning: alignment %u of common symbol `%s' in %B is"
4294 " greater than the alignment (%u) of its section %A"),
4295 common_bfd
, h
->root
.u
.def
.section
,
4296 1 << common_align
, name
, 1 << normal_align
);
4298 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4299 (_("Warning: alignment %u of symbol `%s' in %B"
4300 " is smaller than %u in %B"),
4301 normal_bfd
, common_bfd
,
4302 1 << normal_align
, name
, 1 << common_align
);
4306 /* Remember the symbol size if it isn't undefined. */
4307 if (isym
->st_size
!= 0
4308 && isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
4309 && (definition
|| h
->size
== 0))
4312 && h
->size
!= isym
->st_size
4313 && ! size_change_ok
)
4314 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4315 (_("Warning: size of symbol `%s' changed"
4316 " from %lu in %B to %lu in %B"),
4318 name
, (unsigned long) h
->size
,
4319 (unsigned long) isym
->st_size
);
4321 h
->size
= isym
->st_size
;
4324 /* If this is a common symbol, then we always want H->SIZE
4325 to be the size of the common symbol. The code just above
4326 won't fix the size if a common symbol becomes larger. We
4327 don't warn about a size change here, because that is
4328 covered by --warn-common. Allow changes between different
4330 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4331 h
->size
= h
->root
.u
.c
.size
;
4333 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) != STT_NOTYPE
4334 && ((definition
&& !new_weak
)
4335 || (old_weak
&& h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4336 || h
->type
== STT_NOTYPE
))
4338 unsigned int type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
);
4340 /* Turn an IFUNC symbol from a DSO into a normal FUNC
4342 if (type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
4343 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
4346 if (h
->type
!= type
)
4348 if (h
->type
!= STT_NOTYPE
&& ! type_change_ok
)
4349 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4350 (_("Warning: type of symbol `%s' changed"
4351 " from %d to %d in %B"),
4352 abfd
, name
, h
->type
, type
);
4358 /* Merge st_other field. */
4359 elf_merge_st_other (abfd
, h
, isym
, definition
, dynamic
);
4361 /* We don't want to make debug symbol dynamic. */
4362 if (definition
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) && !info
->relocatable
)
4365 /* Nor should we make plugin symbols dynamic. */
4366 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
4371 h
->target_internal
= isym
->st_target_internal
;
4372 h
->unique_global
= (flags
& BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
) != 0;
4375 if (definition
&& !dynamic
)
4377 char *p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
4378 if (p
!= NULL
&& p
[1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
4380 /* Queue non-default versions so that .symver x, x@FOO
4381 aliases can be checked. */
4384 amt
= ((isymend
- isym
+ 1)
4385 * sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*));
4387 (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
4389 goto error_free_vers
;
4391 nondeflt_vers
[nondeflt_vers_cnt
++] = h
;
4395 if (dynsym
&& h
->dynindx
== -1)
4397 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
4398 goto error_free_vers
;
4399 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
4401 && h
->u
.weakdef
->dynindx
== -1)
4403 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
->u
.weakdef
))
4404 goto error_free_vers
;
4407 else if (dynsym
&& h
->dynindx
!= -1)
4408 /* If the symbol already has a dynamic index, but
4409 visibility says it should not be visible, turn it into
4411 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
4415 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
4420 /* Don't add DT_NEEDED for references from the dummy bfd. */
4424 && h
->ref_regular_nonweak
4426 || (old_bfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0))
4427 || (h
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
4428 && (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) != 0
4429 && !on_needed_list (elf_dt_name (abfd
), htab
->needed
))))
4432 const char *soname
= elf_dt_name (abfd
);
4434 /* A symbol from a library loaded via DT_NEEDED of some
4435 other library is referenced by a regular object.
4436 Add a DT_NEEDED entry for it. Issue an error if
4437 --no-add-needed is used and the reference was not
4440 && h
->ref_regular_nonweak
4441 && (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_NO_NEEDED
) != 0)
4443 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4444 (_("%B: undefined reference to symbol '%s'"),
4446 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_missing_dso
);
4447 goto error_free_vers
;
4450 elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) = (enum dynamic_lib_link_class
)
4451 (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & ~DYN_AS_NEEDED
);
4454 ret
= elf_add_dt_needed_tag (abfd
, info
, soname
, add_needed
);
4456 goto error_free_vers
;
4458 BFD_ASSERT (ret
== 0);
4463 if (extversym
!= NULL
)
4469 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
)
4475 if ((elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) != 0)
4479 /* Restore the symbol table. */
4480 if (bed
->as_needed_cleanup
)
4481 (*bed
->as_needed_cleanup
) (abfd
, info
);
4482 old_hash
= (char *) old_tab
+ tabsize
;
4483 old_ent
= (char *) old_hash
+ hashsize
;
4484 sym_hash
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
4485 htab
->root
.table
.table
= old_table
;
4486 htab
->root
.table
.size
= old_size
;
4487 htab
->root
.table
.count
= old_count
;
4488 memcpy (htab
->root
.table
.table
, old_tab
, tabsize
);
4489 memcpy (sym_hash
, old_hash
, hashsize
);
4490 htab
->root
.undefs
= old_undefs
;
4491 htab
->root
.undefs_tail
= old_undefs_tail
;
4492 _bfd_elf_strtab_restore_size (htab
->dynstr
, old_dynstr_size
);
4493 for (i
= 0; i
< htab
->root
.table
.size
; i
++)
4495 struct bfd_hash_entry
*p
;
4496 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4498 unsigned int alignment_power
;
4500 for (p
= htab
->root
.table
.table
[i
]; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
4502 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
4503 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4504 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4505 if (h
->dynindx
>= old_dynsymcount
4506 && h
->dynstr_index
< old_dynstr_size
)
4507 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (htab
->dynstr
, h
->dynstr_index
);
4509 /* Preserve the maximum alignment and size for common
4510 symbols even if this dynamic lib isn't on DT_NEEDED
4511 since it can still be loaded at run time by another
4513 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4515 size
= h
->root
.u
.c
.size
;
4516 alignment_power
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
;
4521 alignment_power
= 0;
4523 memcpy (p
, old_ent
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
4524 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4525 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
4526 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4528 memcpy (h
->root
.u
.i
.link
, old_ent
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
4529 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4530 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4532 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4534 if (size
> h
->root
.u
.c
.size
)
4535 h
->root
.u
.c
.size
= size
;
4536 if (alignment_power
> h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
)
4537 h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
= alignment_power
;
4542 /* Make a special call to the linker "notice" function to
4543 tell it that symbols added for crefs may need to be removed. */
4544 if (!(*info
->callbacks
->notice
) (info
, NULL
, abfd
, NULL
,
4545 notice_not_needed
, 0, NULL
))
4546 goto error_free_vers
;
4549 objalloc_free_block ((struct objalloc
*) htab
->root
.table
.memory
,
4551 if (nondeflt_vers
!= NULL
)
4552 free (nondeflt_vers
);
4556 if (old_tab
!= NULL
)
4558 if (!(*info
->callbacks
->notice
) (info
, NULL
, abfd
, NULL
,
4559 notice_needed
, 0, NULL
))
4560 goto error_free_vers
;
4565 /* Now that all the symbols from this input file are created, handle
4566 .symver foo, foo@BAR such that any relocs against foo become foo@BAR. */
4567 if (nondeflt_vers
!= NULL
)
4569 bfd_size_type cnt
, symidx
;
4571 for (cnt
= 0; cnt
< nondeflt_vers_cnt
; ++cnt
)
4573 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= nondeflt_vers
[cnt
], *hi
;
4574 char *shortname
, *p
;
4576 p
= strchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
4578 || (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
4579 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
4582 amt
= p
- h
->root
.root
.string
;
4583 shortname
= (char *) bfd_malloc (amt
+ 1);
4585 goto error_free_vers
;
4586 memcpy (shortname
, h
->root
.root
.string
, amt
);
4587 shortname
[amt
] = '\0';
4589 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*)
4590 bfd_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->root
, shortname
,
4591 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
4593 && hi
->root
.type
== h
->root
.type
4594 && hi
->root
.u
.def
.value
== h
->root
.u
.def
.value
4595 && hi
->root
.u
.def
.section
== h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)
4597 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, hi
, TRUE
);
4598 hi
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
4599 hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
4600 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, h
, hi
);
4601 sym_hash
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
4603 for (symidx
= 0; symidx
< extsymcount
; ++symidx
)
4604 if (sym_hash
[symidx
] == hi
)
4606 sym_hash
[symidx
] = h
;
4612 free (nondeflt_vers
);
4613 nondeflt_vers
= NULL
;
4616 /* Now set the weakdefs field correctly for all the weak defined
4617 symbols we found. The only way to do this is to search all the
4618 symbols. Since we only need the information for non functions in
4619 dynamic objects, that's the only time we actually put anything on
4620 the list WEAKS. We need this information so that if a regular
4621 object refers to a symbol defined weakly in a dynamic object, the
4622 real symbol in the dynamic object is also put in the dynamic
4623 symbols; we also must arrange for both symbols to point to the
4624 same memory location. We could handle the general case of symbol
4625 aliasing, but a general symbol alias can only be generated in
4626 assembler code, handling it correctly would be very time
4627 consuming, and other ELF linkers don't handle general aliasing
4631 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hpp
;
4632 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hppend
;
4633 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sorted_sym_hash
;
4634 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4637 /* Since we have to search the whole symbol list for each weak
4638 defined symbol, search time for N weak defined symbols will be
4639 O(N^2). Binary search will cut it down to O(NlogN). */
4640 amt
= extsymcount
* sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
4641 sorted_sym_hash
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
4642 if (sorted_sym_hash
== NULL
)
4644 sym_hash
= sorted_sym_hash
;
4645 hpp
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
4646 hppend
= hpp
+ extsymcount
;
4648 for (; hpp
< hppend
; hpp
++)
4652 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4653 && !bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
))
4661 qsort (sorted_sym_hash
, sym_count
,
4662 sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*),
4665 while (weaks
!= NULL
)
4667 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hlook
;
4673 weaks
= hlook
->u
.weakdef
;
4674 hlook
->u
.weakdef
= NULL
;
4676 BFD_ASSERT (hlook
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4677 || hlook
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
4678 || hlook
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
4679 || hlook
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
);
4680 slook
= hlook
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
4681 vlook
= hlook
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
4687 bfd_signed_vma vdiff
;
4689 h
= sorted_sym_hash
[idx
];
4690 vdiff
= vlook
- h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
4697 long sdiff
= slook
->id
- h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
;
4707 /* We didn't find a value/section match. */
4711 /* With multiple aliases, or when the weak symbol is already
4712 strongly defined, we have multiple matching symbols and
4713 the binary search above may land on any of them. Step
4714 one past the matching symbol(s). */
4717 h
= sorted_sym_hash
[idx
];
4718 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= slook
4719 || h
->root
.u
.def
.value
!= vlook
)
4723 /* Now look back over the aliases. Since we sorted by size
4724 as well as value and section, we'll choose the one with
4725 the largest size. */
4728 h
= sorted_sym_hash
[idx
];
4730 /* Stop if value or section doesn't match. */
4731 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= slook
4732 || h
->root
.u
.def
.value
!= vlook
)
4734 else if (h
!= hlook
)
4736 hlook
->u
.weakdef
= h
;
4738 /* If the weak definition is in the list of dynamic
4739 symbols, make sure the real definition is put
4741 if (hlook
->dynindx
!= -1 && h
->dynindx
== -1)
4743 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
4746 free (sorted_sym_hash
);
4751 /* If the real definition is in the list of dynamic
4752 symbols, make sure the weak definition is put
4753 there as well. If we don't do this, then the
4754 dynamic loader might not merge the entries for the
4755 real definition and the weak definition. */
4756 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1 && hlook
->dynindx
== -1)
4758 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, hlook
))
4759 goto err_free_sym_hash
;
4766 free (sorted_sym_hash
);
4769 if (bed
->check_directives
4770 && !(*bed
->check_directives
) (abfd
, info
))
4773 /* If this object is the same format as the output object, and it is
4774 not a shared library, then let the backend look through the
4777 This is required to build global offset table entries and to
4778 arrange for dynamic relocs. It is not required for the
4779 particular common case of linking non PIC code, even when linking
4780 against shared libraries, but unfortunately there is no way of
4781 knowing whether an object file has been compiled PIC or not.
4782 Looking through the relocs is not particularly time consuming.
4783 The problem is that we must either (1) keep the relocs in memory,
4784 which causes the linker to require additional runtime memory or
4785 (2) read the relocs twice from the input file, which wastes time.
4786 This would be a good case for using mmap.
4788 I have no idea how to handle linking PIC code into a file of a
4789 different format. It probably can't be done. */
4791 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
4792 && bed
->check_relocs
!= NULL
4793 && elf_object_id (abfd
) == elf_hash_table_id (htab
)
4794 && (*bed
->relocs_compatible
) (abfd
->xvec
, info
->output_bfd
->xvec
))
4798 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
4800 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
4803 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
4804 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
4805 || ((info
->strip
== strip_all
|| info
->strip
== strip_debugger
)
4806 && (o
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
4807 || bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
4810 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
4812 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
4815 ok
= (*bed
->check_relocs
) (abfd
, info
, o
, internal_relocs
);
4817 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
4818 free (internal_relocs
);
4825 /* If this is a non-traditional link, try to optimize the handling
4826 of the .stab/.stabstr sections. */
4828 && ! info
->traditional_format
4829 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
4830 && (info
->strip
!= strip_all
&& info
->strip
!= strip_debugger
))
4834 stabstr
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".stabstr");
4835 if (stabstr
!= NULL
)
4837 bfd_size_type string_offset
= 0;
4840 for (stab
= abfd
->sections
; stab
; stab
= stab
->next
)
4841 if (CONST_STRNEQ (stab
->name
, ".stab")
4842 && (!stab
->name
[5] ||
4843 (stab
->name
[5] == '.' && ISDIGIT (stab
->name
[6])))
4844 && (stab
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) == 0
4845 && !bfd_is_abs_section (stab
->output_section
))
4847 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*secdata
;
4849 secdata
= elf_section_data (stab
);
4850 if (! _bfd_link_section_stabs (abfd
, &htab
->stab_info
, stab
,
4851 stabstr
, &secdata
->sec_info
,
4854 if (secdata
->sec_info
)
4855 stab
->sec_info_type
= SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
;
4860 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
) && add_needed
)
4862 /* Add this bfd to the loaded list. */
4863 struct elf_link_loaded_list
*n
;
4865 n
= (struct elf_link_loaded_list
*)
4866 bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct elf_link_loaded_list
));
4870 n
->next
= htab
->loaded
;
4877 if (old_tab
!= NULL
)
4879 if (nondeflt_vers
!= NULL
)
4880 free (nondeflt_vers
);
4881 if (extversym
!= NULL
)
4884 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
)
4890 /* Return the linker hash table entry of a symbol that might be
4891 satisfied by an archive symbol. Return -1 on error. */
4893 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*
4894 _bfd_elf_archive_symbol_lookup (bfd
*abfd
,
4895 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4898 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4902 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
4906 /* If this is a default version (the name contains @@), look up the
4907 symbol again with only one `@' as well as without the version.
4908 The effect is that references to the symbol with and without the
4909 version will be matched by the default symbol in the archive. */
4911 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
4912 if (p
== NULL
|| p
[1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
4915 /* First check with only one `@'. */
4916 len
= strlen (name
);
4917 copy
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
4919 return (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) 0 - 1;
4921 first
= p
- name
+ 1;
4922 memcpy (copy
, name
, first
);
4923 memcpy (copy
+ first
, name
+ first
+ 1, len
- first
);
4925 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), copy
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
4928 /* We also need to check references to the symbol without the
4930 copy
[first
- 1] = '\0';
4931 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), copy
,
4932 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
4935 bfd_release (abfd
, copy
);
4939 /* Add symbols from an ELF archive file to the linker hash table. We
4940 don't use _bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols because of a
4941 problem which arises on UnixWare. The UnixWare libc.so is an
4942 archive which includes an entry libc.so.1 which defines a bunch of
4943 symbols. The libc.so archive also includes a number of other
4944 object files, which also define symbols, some of which are the same
4945 as those defined in libc.so.1. Correct linking requires that we
4946 consider each object file in turn, and include it if it defines any
4947 symbols we need. _bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols does not do
4948 this; it looks through the list of undefined symbols, and includes
4949 any object file which defines them. When this algorithm is used on
4950 UnixWare, it winds up pulling in libc.so.1 early and defining a
4951 bunch of symbols. This means that some of the other objects in the
4952 archive are not included in the link, which is incorrect since they
4953 precede libc.so.1 in the archive.
4955 Fortunately, ELF archive handling is simpler than that done by
4956 _bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols, which has to allow for a.out
4957 oddities. In ELF, if we find a symbol in the archive map, and the
4958 symbol is currently undefined, we know that we must pull in that
4961 Unfortunately, we do have to make multiple passes over the symbol
4962 table until nothing further is resolved. */
4965 elf_link_add_archive_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4968 bfd_boolean
*defined
= NULL
;
4969 bfd_boolean
*included
= NULL
;
4973 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
4974 struct elf_link_hash_entry
* (*archive_symbol_lookup
)
4975 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, const char *);
4977 if (! bfd_has_map (abfd
))
4979 /* An empty archive is a special case. */
4980 if (bfd_openr_next_archived_file (abfd
, NULL
) == NULL
)
4982 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_armap
);
4986 /* Keep track of all symbols we know to be already defined, and all
4987 files we know to be already included. This is to speed up the
4988 second and subsequent passes. */
4989 c
= bfd_ardata (abfd
)->symdef_count
;
4993 amt
*= sizeof (bfd_boolean
);
4994 defined
= (bfd_boolean
*) bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
4995 included
= (bfd_boolean
*) bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
4996 if (defined
== NULL
|| included
== NULL
)
4999 symdefs
= bfd_ardata (abfd
)->symdefs
;
5000 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5001 archive_symbol_lookup
= bed
->elf_backend_archive_symbol_lookup
;
5014 symdefend
= symdef
+ c
;
5015 for (i
= 0; symdef
< symdefend
; symdef
++, i
++)
5017 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5019 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*undefs_tail
;
5022 if (defined
[i
] || included
[i
])
5024 if (symdef
->file_offset
== last
)
5030 h
= archive_symbol_lookup (abfd
, info
, symdef
->name
);
5031 if (h
== (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) 0 - 1)
5037 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
5039 /* We currently have a common symbol. The archive map contains
5040 a reference to this symbol, so we may want to include it. We
5041 only want to include it however, if this archive element
5042 contains a definition of the symbol, not just another common
5045 Unfortunately some archivers (including GNU ar) will put
5046 declarations of common symbols into their archive maps, as
5047 well as real definitions, so we cannot just go by the archive
5048 map alone. Instead we must read in the element's symbol
5049 table and check that to see what kind of symbol definition
5051 if (! elf_link_is_defined_archive_symbol (abfd
, symdef
))
5054 else if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
5056 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5061 /* We need to include this archive member. */
5062 element
= _bfd_get_elt_at_filepos (abfd
, symdef
->file_offset
);
5063 if (element
== NULL
)
5066 if (! bfd_check_format (element
, bfd_object
))
5069 /* Doublecheck that we have not included this object
5070 already--it should be impossible, but there may be
5071 something wrong with the archive. */
5072 if (element
->archive_pass
!= 0)
5074 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5077 element
->archive_pass
= 1;
5079 undefs_tail
= info
->hash
->undefs_tail
;
5081 if (!(*info
->callbacks
5082 ->add_archive_element
) (info
, element
, symdef
->name
, &element
))
5084 if (!bfd_link_add_symbols (element
, info
))
5087 /* If there are any new undefined symbols, we need to make
5088 another pass through the archive in order to see whether
5089 they can be defined. FIXME: This isn't perfect, because
5090 common symbols wind up on undefs_tail and because an
5091 undefined symbol which is defined later on in this pass
5092 does not require another pass. This isn't a bug, but it
5093 does make the code less efficient than it could be. */
5094 if (undefs_tail
!= info
->hash
->undefs_tail
)
5097 /* Look backward to mark all symbols from this object file
5098 which we have already seen in this pass. */
5102 included
[mark
] = TRUE
;
5107 while (symdefs
[mark
].file_offset
== symdef
->file_offset
);
5109 /* We mark subsequent symbols from this object file as we go
5110 on through the loop. */
5111 last
= symdef
->file_offset
;
5122 if (defined
!= NULL
)
5124 if (included
!= NULL
)
5129 /* Given an ELF BFD, add symbols to the global hash table as
5133 bfd_elf_link_add_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5135 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd
))
5138 return elf_link_add_object_symbols (abfd
, info
);
5140 return elf_link_add_archive_symbols (abfd
, info
);
5142 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
5147 struct hash_codes_info
5149 unsigned long *hashcodes
;
5153 /* This function will be called though elf_link_hash_traverse to store
5154 all hash value of the exported symbols in an array. */
5157 elf_collect_hash_codes (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
5159 struct hash_codes_info
*inf
= (struct hash_codes_info
*) data
;
5165 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
5166 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
5169 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
5170 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
5173 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (p
- name
+ 1);
5179 memcpy (alc
, name
, p
- name
);
5180 alc
[p
- name
] = '\0';
5184 /* Compute the hash value. */
5185 ha
= bfd_elf_hash (name
);
5187 /* Store the found hash value in the array given as the argument. */
5188 *(inf
->hashcodes
)++ = ha
;
5190 /* And store it in the struct so that we can put it in the hash table
5192 h
->u
.elf_hash_value
= ha
;
5200 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
5203 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5204 unsigned long int nsyms
;
5205 unsigned long int maskbits
;
5206 unsigned long int *hashcodes
;
5207 unsigned long int *hashval
;
5208 unsigned long int *indx
;
5209 unsigned long int *counts
;
5212 long int min_dynindx
;
5213 unsigned long int bucketcount
;
5214 unsigned long int symindx
;
5215 long int local_indx
;
5216 long int shift1
, shift2
;
5217 unsigned long int mask
;
5221 /* This function will be called though elf_link_hash_traverse to store
5222 all hash value of the exported symbols in an array. */
5225 elf_collect_gnu_hash_codes (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
5227 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*s
= (struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*) data
;
5233 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
5234 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
5237 /* Ignore also local symbols and undefined symbols. */
5238 if (! (*s
->bed
->elf_hash_symbol
) (h
))
5241 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
5242 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
5245 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (p
- name
+ 1);
5251 memcpy (alc
, name
, p
- name
);
5252 alc
[p
- name
] = '\0';
5256 /* Compute the hash value. */
5257 ha
= bfd_elf_gnu_hash (name
);
5259 /* Store the found hash value in the array for compute_bucket_count,
5260 and also for .dynsym reordering purposes. */
5261 s
->hashcodes
[s
->nsyms
] = ha
;
5262 s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] = ha
;
5264 if (s
->min_dynindx
< 0 || s
->min_dynindx
> h
->dynindx
)
5265 s
->min_dynindx
= h
->dynindx
;
5273 /* This function will be called though elf_link_hash_traverse to do
5274 final dynaminc symbol renumbering. */
5277 elf_renumber_gnu_hash_syms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
5279 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*s
= (struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*) data
;
5280 unsigned long int bucket
;
5281 unsigned long int val
;
5283 /* Ignore indirect symbols. */
5284 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
5287 /* Ignore also local symbols and undefined symbols. */
5288 if (! (*s
->bed
->elf_hash_symbol
) (h
))
5290 if (h
->dynindx
>= s
->min_dynindx
)
5291 h
->dynindx
= s
->local_indx
++;
5295 bucket
= s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] % s
->bucketcount
;
5296 val
= (s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] >> s
->shift1
)
5297 & ((s
->maskbits
>> s
->shift1
) - 1);
5298 s
->bitmask
[val
] |= ((bfd_vma
) 1) << (s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] & s
->mask
);
5300 |= ((bfd_vma
) 1) << ((s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] >> s
->shift2
) & s
->mask
);
5301 val
= s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] & ~(unsigned long int) 1;
5302 if (s
->counts
[bucket
] == 1)
5303 /* Last element terminates the chain. */
5305 bfd_put_32 (s
->output_bfd
, val
,
5306 s
->contents
+ (s
->indx
[bucket
] - s
->symindx
) * 4);
5307 --s
->counts
[bucket
];
5308 h
->dynindx
= s
->indx
[bucket
]++;
5312 /* Return TRUE if symbol should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section. */
5315 _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5317 return !(h
->forced_local
5318 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
5319 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5320 || ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5321 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5322 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
== NULL
));
5325 /* Array used to determine the number of hash table buckets to use
5326 based on the number of symbols there are. If there are fewer than
5327 3 symbols we use 1 bucket, fewer than 17 symbols we use 3 buckets,
5328 fewer than 37 we use 17 buckets, and so forth. We never use more
5329 than 32771 buckets. */
5331 static const size_t elf_buckets
[] =
5333 1, 3, 17, 37, 67, 97, 131, 197, 263, 521, 1031, 2053, 4099, 8209,
5337 /* Compute bucket count for hashing table. We do not use a static set
5338 of possible tables sizes anymore. Instead we determine for all
5339 possible reasonable sizes of the table the outcome (i.e., the
5340 number of collisions etc) and choose the best solution. The
5341 weighting functions are not too simple to allow the table to grow
5342 without bounds. Instead one of the weighting factors is the size.
5343 Therefore the result is always a good payoff between few collisions
5344 (= short chain lengths) and table size. */
5346 compute_bucket_count (struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
5347 unsigned long int *hashcodes ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
5348 unsigned long int nsyms
,
5351 size_t best_size
= 0;
5352 unsigned long int i
;
5354 /* We have a problem here. The following code to optimize the table
5355 size requires an integer type with more the 32 bits. If
5356 BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT is set we know about such a type. */
5357 #ifdef BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT
5362 BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT best_chlen
= ~((BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT
) 0);
5363 bfd
*dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5364 size_t dynsymcount
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
;
5365 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
);
5366 unsigned long int *counts
;
5368 unsigned int no_improvement_count
= 0;
5370 /* Possible optimization parameters: if we have NSYMS symbols we say
5371 that the hashing table must at least have NSYMS/4 and at most
5373 minsize
= nsyms
/ 4;
5376 best_size
= maxsize
= nsyms
* 2;
5381 if ((best_size
& 31) == 0)
5385 /* Create array where we count the collisions in. We must use bfd_malloc
5386 since the size could be large. */
5388 amt
*= sizeof (unsigned long int);
5389 counts
= (unsigned long int *) bfd_malloc (amt
);
5393 /* Compute the "optimal" size for the hash table. The criteria is a
5394 minimal chain length. The minor criteria is (of course) the size
5396 for (i
= minsize
; i
< maxsize
; ++i
)
5398 /* Walk through the array of hashcodes and count the collisions. */
5399 BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT max
;
5400 unsigned long int j
;
5401 unsigned long int fact
;
5403 if (gnu_hash
&& (i
& 31) == 0)
5406 memset (counts
, '\0', i
* sizeof (unsigned long int));
5408 /* Determine how often each hash bucket is used. */
5409 for (j
= 0; j
< nsyms
; ++j
)
5410 ++counts
[hashcodes
[j
] % i
];
5412 /* For the weight function we need some information about the
5413 pagesize on the target. This is information need not be 100%
5414 accurate. Since this information is not available (so far) we
5415 define it here to a reasonable default value. If it is crucial
5416 to have a better value some day simply define this value. */
5417 # ifndef BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE
5418 # define BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE (4096)
5421 /* We in any case need 2 + DYNSYMCOUNT entries for the size values
5423 max
= (2 + dynsymcount
) * bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
5426 /* Variant 1: optimize for short chains. We add the squares
5427 of all the chain lengths (which favors many small chain
5428 over a few long chains). */
5429 for (j
= 0; j
< i
; ++j
)
5430 max
+= counts
[j
] * counts
[j
];
5432 /* This adds penalties for the overall size of the table. */
5433 fact
= i
/ (BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
) + 1;
5436 /* Variant 2: Optimize a lot more for small table. Here we
5437 also add squares of the size but we also add penalties for
5438 empty slots (the +1 term). */
5439 for (j
= 0; j
< i
; ++j
)
5440 max
+= (1 + counts
[j
]) * (1 + counts
[j
]);
5442 /* The overall size of the table is considered, but not as
5443 strong as in variant 1, where it is squared. */
5444 fact
= i
/ (BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
) + 1;
5448 /* Compare with current best results. */
5449 if (max
< best_chlen
)
5453 no_improvement_count
= 0;
5455 /* PR 11843: Avoid futile long searches for the best bucket size
5456 when there are a large number of symbols. */
5457 else if (++no_improvement_count
== 100)
5464 #endif /* defined (BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT) */
5466 /* This is the fallback solution if no 64bit type is available or if we
5467 are not supposed to spend much time on optimizations. We select the
5468 bucket count using a fixed set of numbers. */
5469 for (i
= 0; elf_buckets
[i
] != 0; i
++)
5471 best_size
= elf_buckets
[i
];
5472 if (nsyms
< elf_buckets
[i
+ 1])
5475 if (gnu_hash
&& best_size
< 2)
5482 /* Size any SHT_GROUP section for ld -r. */
5485 _bfd_elf_size_group_sections (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5489 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link_next
)
5490 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
5491 && !_bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (ibfd
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
))
5496 /* Set a default stack segment size. The value in INFO wins. If it
5497 is unset, LEGACY_SYMBOL's value is used, and if that symbol is
5498 undefined it is initialized. */
5501 bfd_elf_stack_segment_size (bfd
*output_bfd
,
5502 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5503 const char *legacy_symbol
,
5504 bfd_vma default_size
)
5506 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
5508 /* Look for legacy symbol. */
5510 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), legacy_symbol
,
5511 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
5512 if (h
&& (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5513 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5515 && (h
->type
== STT_NOTYPE
|| h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
))
5517 /* The symbol has no type if specified on the command line. */
5518 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
5519 if (info
->stacksize
)
5520 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%B: stack size specified and %s set"),
5521 output_bfd
, legacy_symbol
);
5522 else if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
5523 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%B: %s not absolute"),
5524 output_bfd
, legacy_symbol
);
5526 info
->stacksize
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
5529 if (!info
->stacksize
)
5530 /* If the user didn't set a size, or explicitly inhibit the
5531 size, set it now. */
5532 info
->stacksize
= default_size
;
5534 /* Provide the legacy symbol, if it is referenced. */
5535 if (h
&& (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
5536 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
5538 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
= NULL
;
5540 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5541 (info
, output_bfd
, legacy_symbol
,
5542 BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
5543 info
->stacksize
>= 0 ? info
->stacksize
: 0,
5544 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
5547 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
5549 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
5555 /* Set up the sizes and contents of the ELF dynamic sections. This is
5556 called by the ELF linker emulation before_allocation routine. We
5557 must set the sizes of the sections before the linker sets the
5558 addresses of the various sections. */
5561 bfd_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
5564 const char *filter_shlib
,
5566 const char *depaudit
,
5567 const char * const *auxiliary_filters
,
5568 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5569 asection
**sinterpptr
)
5571 bfd_size_type soname_indx
;
5573 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5574 struct elf_info_failed asvinfo
;
5578 soname_indx
= (bfd_size_type
) -1;
5580 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
5583 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
5585 /* Any syms created from now on start with -1 in
5586 got.refcount/offset and plt.refcount/offset. */
5587 elf_hash_table (info
)->init_got_refcount
5588 = elf_hash_table (info
)->init_got_offset
;
5589 elf_hash_table (info
)->init_plt_refcount
5590 = elf_hash_table (info
)->init_plt_offset
;
5592 if (info
->relocatable
5593 && !_bfd_elf_size_group_sections (info
))
5596 /* The backend may have to create some sections regardless of whether
5597 we're dynamic or not. */
5598 if (bed
->elf_backend_always_size_sections
5599 && ! (*bed
->elf_backend_always_size_sections
) (output_bfd
, info
))
5602 /* Determine any GNU_STACK segment requirements, after the backend
5603 has had a chance to set a default segment size. */
5604 if (info
->execstack
)
5605 elf_stack_flags (output_bfd
) = PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
;
5606 else if (info
->noexecstack
)
5607 elf_stack_flags (output_bfd
) = PF_R
| PF_W
;
5611 asection
*notesec
= NULL
;
5614 for (inputobj
= info
->input_bfds
;
5616 inputobj
= inputobj
->link_next
)
5621 & (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
| BFD_PLUGIN
| BFD_LINKER_CREATED
))
5623 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (inputobj
, ".note.GNU-stack");
5626 if (s
->flags
& SEC_CODE
)
5630 else if (bed
->default_execstack
)
5633 if (notesec
|| info
->stacksize
> 0)
5634 elf_stack_flags (output_bfd
) = PF_R
| PF_W
| exec
;
5635 if (notesec
&& exec
&& info
->relocatable
5636 && notesec
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
5637 notesec
->output_section
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
5640 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5642 if (dynobj
!= NULL
&& elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5644 struct elf_info_failed eif
;
5645 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5647 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
5648 struct bfd_elf_version_expr
*d
;
5650 bfd_boolean all_defined
;
5652 *sinterpptr
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".interp");
5653 BFD_ASSERT (*sinterpptr
!= NULL
|| !info
->executable
);
5657 soname_indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
5659 if (soname_indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1
5660 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SONAME
, soname_indx
))
5666 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SYMBOLIC
, 0))
5668 info
->flags
|= DF_SYMBOLIC
;
5676 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
, rpath
,
5678 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
5681 tag
= info
->new_dtags
? DT_RUNPATH
: DT_RPATH
;
5682 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, tag
, indx
))
5686 if (filter_shlib
!= NULL
)
5690 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
5691 filter_shlib
, TRUE
);
5692 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1
5693 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FILTER
, indx
))
5697 if (auxiliary_filters
!= NULL
)
5699 const char * const *p
;
5701 for (p
= auxiliary_filters
; *p
!= NULL
; p
++)
5705 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
5707 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1
5708 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_AUXILIARY
, indx
))
5717 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
, audit
,
5719 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1
5720 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_AUDIT
, indx
))
5724 if (depaudit
!= NULL
)
5728 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
, depaudit
,
5730 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1
5731 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_DEPAUDIT
, indx
))
5738 /* If we are supposed to export all symbols into the dynamic symbol
5739 table (this is not the normal case), then do so. */
5740 if (info
->export_dynamic
5741 || (info
->executable
&& info
->dynamic
))
5743 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
5744 _bfd_elf_export_symbol
,
5750 /* Make all global versions with definition. */
5751 for (t
= info
->version_info
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
5752 for (d
= t
->globals
.list
; d
!= NULL
; d
= d
->next
)
5753 if (!d
->symver
&& d
->literal
)
5755 const char *verstr
, *name
;
5756 size_t namelen
, verlen
, newlen
;
5757 char *newname
, *p
, leading_char
;
5758 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*newh
;
5760 leading_char
= bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (output_bfd
);
5762 namelen
= strlen (name
) + (leading_char
!= '\0');
5764 verlen
= strlen (verstr
);
5765 newlen
= namelen
+ verlen
+ 3;
5767 newname
= (char *) bfd_malloc (newlen
);
5768 if (newname
== NULL
)
5770 newname
[0] = leading_char
;
5771 memcpy (newname
+ (leading_char
!= '\0'), name
, namelen
);
5773 /* Check the hidden versioned definition. */
5774 p
= newname
+ namelen
;
5776 memcpy (p
, verstr
, verlen
+ 1);
5777 newh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
5778 newname
, FALSE
, FALSE
,
5781 || (newh
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
5782 && newh
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
5784 /* Check the default versioned definition. */
5786 memcpy (p
, verstr
, verlen
+ 1);
5787 newh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
5788 newname
, FALSE
, FALSE
,
5793 /* Mark this version if there is a definition and it is
5794 not defined in a shared object. */
5796 && !newh
->def_dynamic
5797 && (newh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5798 || newh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
5802 /* Attach all the symbols to their version information. */
5803 asvinfo
.info
= info
;
5804 asvinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
5806 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
5807 _bfd_elf_link_assign_sym_version
,
5812 if (!info
->allow_undefined_version
)
5814 /* Check if all global versions have a definition. */
5816 for (t
= info
->version_info
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
5817 for (d
= t
->globals
.list
; d
!= NULL
; d
= d
->next
)
5818 if (d
->literal
&& !d
->symver
&& !d
->script
)
5820 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5821 (_("%s: undefined version: %s"),
5822 d
->pattern
, t
->name
);
5823 all_defined
= FALSE
;
5828 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5833 /* Find all symbols which were defined in a dynamic object and make
5834 the backend pick a reasonable value for them. */
5835 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
5836 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
,
5841 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in some of the
5842 values later, in bfd_elf_final_link, but we must add the entries
5843 now so that we know the final size of the .dynamic section. */
5845 /* If there are initialization and/or finalization functions to
5846 call then add the corresponding DT_INIT/DT_FINI entries. */
5847 h
= (info
->init_function
5848 ? elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
5849 info
->init_function
, FALSE
,
5856 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_INIT
, 0))
5859 h
= (info
->fini_function
5860 ? elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
5861 info
->fini_function
, FALSE
,
5868 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FINI
, 0))
5872 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".preinit_array");
5873 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->linker_has_input
)
5875 /* DT_PREINIT_ARRAY is not allowed in shared library. */
5876 if (! info
->executable
)
5881 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
;
5882 sub
= sub
->link_next
)
5883 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
5884 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
5885 if (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
5886 == SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
)
5888 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5889 (_("%B: .preinit_array section is not allowed in DSO"),
5894 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
5898 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
, 0)
5899 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
, 0))
5902 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".init_array");
5903 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->linker_has_input
)
5905 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_INIT_ARRAY
, 0)
5906 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
, 0))
5909 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".fini_array");
5910 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->linker_has_input
)
5912 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FINI_ARRAY
, 0)
5913 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
, 0))
5917 dynstr
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynstr");
5918 /* If .dynstr is excluded from the link, we don't want any of
5919 these tags. Strictly, we should be checking each section
5920 individually; This quick check covers for the case where
5921 someone does a /DISCARD/ : { *(*) }. */
5922 if (dynstr
!= NULL
&& dynstr
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
5924 bfd_size_type strsize
;
5926 strsize
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
5927 if ((info
->emit_hash
5928 && !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_HASH
, 0))
5929 || (info
->emit_gnu_hash
5930 && !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_GNU_HASH
, 0))
5931 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_STRTAB
, 0)
5932 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SYMTAB
, 0)
5933 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_STRSZ
, strsize
)
5934 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SYMENT
,
5935 bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
))
5940 /* The backend must work out the sizes of all the other dynamic
5943 && bed
->elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections
!= NULL
5944 && ! (*bed
->elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections
) (output_bfd
, info
))
5947 if (! _bfd_elf_maybe_strip_eh_frame_hdr (info
))
5950 if (dynobj
!= NULL
&& elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5952 unsigned long section_sym_count
;
5953 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*verdefs
;
5956 /* Set up the version definition section. */
5957 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_d");
5958 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
5960 /* We may have created additional version definitions if we are
5961 just linking a regular application. */
5962 verdefs
= info
->version_info
;
5964 /* Skip anonymous version tag. */
5965 if (verdefs
!= NULL
&& verdefs
->vernum
== 0)
5966 verdefs
= verdefs
->next
;
5968 if (verdefs
== NULL
&& !info
->create_default_symver
)
5969 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
5974 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
5976 Elf_Internal_Verdef def
;
5977 Elf_Internal_Verdaux defaux
;
5978 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
5979 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5985 /* Make space for the base version. */
5986 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
5987 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
5990 /* Make space for the default version. */
5991 if (info
->create_default_symver
)
5993 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
5997 for (t
= verdefs
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
5999 struct bfd_elf_version_deps
*n
;
6001 /* Don't emit base version twice. */
6005 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6006 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6009 for (n
= t
->deps
; n
!= NULL
; n
= n
->next
)
6010 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6014 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6015 if (s
->contents
== NULL
&& s
->size
!= 0)
6018 /* Fill in the version definition section. */
6022 def
.vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
6023 def
.vd_flags
= VER_FLG_BASE
;
6026 if (info
->create_default_symver
)
6028 def
.vd_aux
= 2 * sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6029 def
.vd_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6033 def
.vd_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6034 def
.vd_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
6035 + sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
6038 if (soname_indx
!= (bfd_size_type
) -1)
6040 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6042 def
.vd_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (soname
);
6043 defaux
.vda_name
= soname_indx
;
6050 name
= lbasename (output_bfd
->filename
);
6051 def
.vd_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (name
);
6052 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6054 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
6056 defaux
.vda_name
= indx
;
6058 defaux
.vda_next
= 0;
6060 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (output_bfd
, &def
,
6061 (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
);
6062 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6063 if (info
->create_default_symver
)
6065 /* Add a symbol representing this version. */
6067 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
6068 (info
, dynobj
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
6070 get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->collect
, &bh
)))
6072 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
6075 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
6076 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= NULL
;
6078 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
6081 /* Create a duplicate of the base version with the same
6082 aux block, but different flags. */
6085 def
.vd_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6087 def
.vd_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
6088 + sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
6091 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (output_bfd
, &def
,
6092 (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
);
6093 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6095 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
, &defaux
,
6096 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
6097 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6099 for (t
= verdefs
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
6102 struct bfd_elf_version_deps
*n
;
6104 /* Don't emit the base version twice. */
6109 for (n
= t
->deps
; n
!= NULL
; n
= n
->next
)
6112 /* Add a symbol representing this version. */
6114 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
6115 (info
, dynobj
, t
->name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
6117 get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->collect
, &bh
)))
6119 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
6122 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
6123 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= t
;
6125 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
6128 def
.vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
6130 if (t
->globals
.list
== NULL
6131 && t
->locals
.list
== NULL
6133 def
.vd_flags
|= VER_FLG_WEAK
;
6134 def
.vd_ndx
= t
->vernum
+ (info
->create_default_symver
? 2 : 1);
6135 def
.vd_cnt
= cdeps
+ 1;
6136 def
.vd_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (t
->name
);
6137 def
.vd_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6140 /* If a basever node is next, it *must* be the last node in
6141 the chain, otherwise Verdef construction breaks. */
6142 if (t
->next
!= NULL
&& t
->next
->vernum
== 0)
6143 BFD_ASSERT (t
->next
->next
== NULL
);
6145 if (t
->next
!= NULL
&& t
->next
->vernum
!= 0)
6146 def
.vd_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
6147 + (cdeps
+ 1) * sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
6149 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (output_bfd
, &def
,
6150 (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
);
6151 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6153 defaux
.vda_name
= h
->dynstr_index
;
6154 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6156 defaux
.vda_next
= 0;
6157 if (t
->deps
!= NULL
)
6158 defaux
.vda_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6159 t
->name_indx
= defaux
.vda_name
;
6161 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
, &defaux
,
6162 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
6163 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6165 for (n
= t
->deps
; n
!= NULL
; n
= n
->next
)
6167 if (n
->version_needed
== NULL
)
6169 /* This can happen if there was an error in the
6171 defaux
.vda_name
= 0;
6175 defaux
.vda_name
= n
->version_needed
->name_indx
;
6176 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6179 if (n
->next
== NULL
)
6180 defaux
.vda_next
= 0;
6182 defaux
.vda_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6184 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
, &defaux
,
6185 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
6186 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6190 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERDEF
, 0)
6191 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERDEFNUM
, cdefs
))
6194 elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
= cdefs
;
6197 if ((info
->new_dtags
&& info
->flags
) || (info
->flags
& DF_STATIC_TLS
))
6199 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FLAGS
, info
->flags
))
6202 else if (info
->flags
& DF_BIND_NOW
)
6204 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_BIND_NOW
, 0))
6210 if (info
->executable
)
6211 info
->flags_1
&= ~ (DF_1_INITFIRST
6214 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FLAGS_1
, info
->flags_1
))
6218 /* Work out the size of the version reference section. */
6220 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_r");
6221 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6223 struct elf_find_verdep_info sinfo
;
6226 sinfo
.vers
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
;
6227 if (sinfo
.vers
== 0)
6229 sinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
6231 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6232 _bfd_elf_link_find_version_dependencies
,
6237 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
== NULL
)
6238 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6241 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
6246 /* Build the version dependency section. */
6249 for (t
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
;
6253 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
6255 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
6257 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
6258 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
6262 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6263 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
6267 for (t
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
;
6272 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
6276 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
6279 t
->vn_version
= VER_NEED_CURRENT
;
6281 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6282 elf_dt_name (t
->vn_bfd
) != NULL
6283 ? elf_dt_name (t
->vn_bfd
)
6284 : lbasename (t
->vn_bfd
->filename
),
6286 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
6289 t
->vn_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
6290 if (t
->vn_nextref
== NULL
)
6293 t
->vn_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
)
6294 + caux
* sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
));
6296 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (output_bfd
, t
,
6297 (Elf_External_Verneed
*) p
);
6298 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
6300 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
6302 a
->vna_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (a
->vna_nodename
);
6303 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6304 a
->vna_nodename
, FALSE
);
6305 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
6308 if (a
->vna_nextptr
== NULL
)
6311 a
->vna_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
6313 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (output_bfd
, a
,
6314 (Elf_External_Vernaux
*) p
);
6315 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
6319 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERNEED
, 0)
6320 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERNEEDNUM
, crefs
))
6323 elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverrefs
= crefs
;
6327 if ((elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverrefs
== 0
6328 && elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
== 0)
6329 || _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
,
6330 §ion_sym_count
) == 0)
6332 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version");
6333 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6339 /* Find the first non-excluded output section. We'll use its
6340 section symbol for some emitted relocs. */
6342 _bfd_elf_init_1_index_section (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6346 for (s
= output_bfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
6347 if ((s
->flags
& (SEC_EXCLUDE
| SEC_ALLOC
)) == SEC_ALLOC
6348 && !_bfd_elf_link_omit_section_dynsym (output_bfd
, info
, s
))
6350 elf_hash_table (info
)->text_index_section
= s
;
6355 /* Find two non-excluded output sections, one for code, one for data.
6356 We'll use their section symbols for some emitted relocs. */
6358 _bfd_elf_init_2_index_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6362 /* Data first, since setting text_index_section changes
6363 _bfd_elf_link_omit_section_dynsym. */
6364 for (s
= output_bfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
6365 if (((s
->flags
& (SEC_EXCLUDE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_READONLY
)) == SEC_ALLOC
)
6366 && !_bfd_elf_link_omit_section_dynsym (output_bfd
, info
, s
))
6368 elf_hash_table (info
)->data_index_section
= s
;
6372 for (s
= output_bfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
6373 if (((s
->flags
& (SEC_EXCLUDE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_READONLY
))
6374 == (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_READONLY
))
6375 && !_bfd_elf_link_omit_section_dynsym (output_bfd
, info
, s
))
6377 elf_hash_table (info
)->text_index_section
= s
;
6381 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->text_index_section
== NULL
)
6382 elf_hash_table (info
)->text_index_section
6383 = elf_hash_table (info
)->data_index_section
;
6387 bfd_elf_size_dynsym_hash_dynstr (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6389 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6391 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
6394 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
6395 (*bed
->elf_backend_init_index_section
) (output_bfd
, info
);
6397 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6401 bfd_size_type dynsymcount
;
6402 unsigned long section_sym_count
;
6403 unsigned int dtagcount
;
6405 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6407 /* Assign dynsym indicies. In a shared library we generate a
6408 section symbol for each output section, which come first.
6409 Next come all of the back-end allocated local dynamic syms,
6410 followed by the rest of the global symbols. */
6412 dynsymcount
= _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
,
6413 §ion_sym_count
);
6415 /* Work out the size of the symbol version section. */
6416 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version");
6417 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6418 if (dynsymcount
!= 0
6419 && (s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0)
6421 s
->size
= dynsymcount
* sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
);
6422 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6423 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
6426 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERSYM
, 0))
6430 /* Set the size of the .dynsym and .hash sections. We counted
6431 the number of dynamic symbols in elf_link_add_object_symbols.
6432 We will build the contents of .dynsym and .hash when we build
6433 the final symbol table, because until then we do not know the
6434 correct value to give the symbols. We built the .dynstr
6435 section as we went along in elf_link_add_object_symbols. */
6436 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynsym");
6437 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6438 s
->size
= dynsymcount
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6440 if (dynsymcount
!= 0)
6442 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6443 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
6446 /* The first entry in .dynsym is a dummy symbol.
6447 Clear all the section syms, in case we don't output them all. */
6448 ++section_sym_count
;
6449 memset (s
->contents
, 0, section_sym_count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
6452 elf_hash_table (info
)->bucketcount
= 0;
6454 /* Compute the size of the hashing table. As a side effect this
6455 computes the hash values for all the names we export. */
6456 if (info
->emit_hash
)
6458 unsigned long int *hashcodes
;
6459 struct hash_codes_info hashinf
;
6461 unsigned long int nsyms
;
6463 size_t hash_entry_size
;
6465 /* Compute the hash values for all exported symbols. At the same
6466 time store the values in an array so that we could use them for
6468 amt
= dynsymcount
* sizeof (unsigned long int);
6469 hashcodes
= (unsigned long int *) bfd_malloc (amt
);
6470 if (hashcodes
== NULL
)
6472 hashinf
.hashcodes
= hashcodes
;
6473 hashinf
.error
= FALSE
;
6475 /* Put all hash values in HASHCODES. */
6476 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6477 elf_collect_hash_codes
, &hashinf
);
6484 nsyms
= hashinf
.hashcodes
- hashcodes
;
6486 = compute_bucket_count (info
, hashcodes
, nsyms
, 0);
6489 if (bucketcount
== 0)
6492 elf_hash_table (info
)->bucketcount
= bucketcount
;
6494 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".hash");
6495 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6496 hash_entry_size
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
6497 s
->size
= ((2 + bucketcount
+ dynsymcount
) * hash_entry_size
);
6498 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6499 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
6502 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, output_bfd
, bucketcount
, s
->contents
);
6503 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, output_bfd
, dynsymcount
,
6504 s
->contents
+ hash_entry_size
);
6507 if (info
->emit_gnu_hash
)
6510 unsigned char *contents
;
6511 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes cinfo
;
6515 memset (&cinfo
, 0, sizeof (cinfo
));
6517 /* Compute the hash values for all exported symbols. At the same
6518 time store the values in an array so that we could use them for
6520 amt
= dynsymcount
* 2 * sizeof (unsigned long int);
6521 cinfo
.hashcodes
= (long unsigned int *) bfd_malloc (amt
);
6522 if (cinfo
.hashcodes
== NULL
)
6525 cinfo
.hashval
= cinfo
.hashcodes
+ dynsymcount
;
6526 cinfo
.min_dynindx
= -1;
6527 cinfo
.output_bfd
= output_bfd
;
6530 /* Put all hash values in HASHCODES. */
6531 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6532 elf_collect_gnu_hash_codes
, &cinfo
);
6535 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
6540 = compute_bucket_count (info
, cinfo
.hashcodes
, cinfo
.nsyms
, 1);
6542 if (bucketcount
== 0)
6544 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
6548 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.hash");
6549 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6551 if (cinfo
.nsyms
== 0)
6553 /* Empty .gnu.hash section is special. */
6554 BFD_ASSERT (cinfo
.min_dynindx
== -1);
6555 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
6556 s
->size
= 5 * 4 + bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
6557 contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6558 if (contents
== NULL
)
6560 s
->contents
= contents
;
6561 /* 1 empty bucket. */
6562 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
);
6563 /* SYMIDX above the special symbol 0. */
6564 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
+ 4);
6565 /* Just one word for bitmask. */
6566 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
+ 8);
6567 /* Only hash fn bloom filter. */
6568 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0, contents
+ 12);
6569 /* No hashes are valid - empty bitmask. */
6570 bfd_put (bed
->s
->arch_size
, output_bfd
, 0, contents
+ 16);
6571 /* No hashes in the only bucket. */
6572 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0,
6573 contents
+ 16 + bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8);
6577 unsigned long int maskwords
, maskbitslog2
, x
;
6578 BFD_ASSERT (cinfo
.min_dynindx
!= -1);
6582 while ((x
>>= 1) != 0)
6584 if (maskbitslog2
< 3)
6586 else if ((1 << (maskbitslog2
- 2)) & cinfo
.nsyms
)
6587 maskbitslog2
= maskbitslog2
+ 3;
6589 maskbitslog2
= maskbitslog2
+ 2;
6590 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64)
6592 if (maskbitslog2
== 5)
6598 cinfo
.mask
= (1 << cinfo
.shift1
) - 1;
6599 cinfo
.shift2
= maskbitslog2
;
6600 cinfo
.maskbits
= 1 << maskbitslog2
;
6601 maskwords
= 1 << (maskbitslog2
- cinfo
.shift1
);
6602 amt
= bucketcount
* sizeof (unsigned long int) * 2;
6603 amt
+= maskwords
* sizeof (bfd_vma
);
6604 cinfo
.bitmask
= (bfd_vma
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
6605 if (cinfo
.bitmask
== NULL
)
6607 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
6611 cinfo
.counts
= (long unsigned int *) (cinfo
.bitmask
+ maskwords
);
6612 cinfo
.indx
= cinfo
.counts
+ bucketcount
;
6613 cinfo
.symindx
= dynsymcount
- cinfo
.nsyms
;
6614 memset (cinfo
.bitmask
, 0, maskwords
* sizeof (bfd_vma
));
6616 /* Determine how often each hash bucket is used. */
6617 memset (cinfo
.counts
, 0, bucketcount
* sizeof (cinfo
.counts
[0]));
6618 for (i
= 0; i
< cinfo
.nsyms
; ++i
)
6619 ++cinfo
.counts
[cinfo
.hashcodes
[i
] % bucketcount
];
6621 for (i
= 0, cnt
= cinfo
.symindx
; i
< bucketcount
; ++i
)
6622 if (cinfo
.counts
[i
] != 0)
6624 cinfo
.indx
[i
] = cnt
;
6625 cnt
+= cinfo
.counts
[i
];
6627 BFD_ASSERT (cnt
== dynsymcount
);
6628 cinfo
.bucketcount
= bucketcount
;
6629 cinfo
.local_indx
= cinfo
.min_dynindx
;
6631 s
->size
= (4 + bucketcount
+ cinfo
.nsyms
) * 4;
6632 s
->size
+= cinfo
.maskbits
/ 8;
6633 contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6634 if (contents
== NULL
)
6636 free (cinfo
.bitmask
);
6637 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
6641 s
->contents
= contents
;
6642 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, bucketcount
, contents
);
6643 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, cinfo
.symindx
, contents
+ 4);
6644 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, maskwords
, contents
+ 8);
6645 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, cinfo
.shift2
, contents
+ 12);
6646 contents
+= 16 + cinfo
.maskbits
/ 8;
6648 for (i
= 0; i
< bucketcount
; ++i
)
6650 if (cinfo
.counts
[i
] == 0)
6651 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0, contents
);
6653 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, cinfo
.indx
[i
], contents
);
6657 cinfo
.contents
= contents
;
6659 /* Renumber dynamic symbols, populate .gnu.hash section. */
6660 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6661 elf_renumber_gnu_hash_syms
, &cinfo
);
6663 contents
= s
->contents
+ 16;
6664 for (i
= 0; i
< maskwords
; ++i
)
6666 bfd_put (bed
->s
->arch_size
, output_bfd
, cinfo
.bitmask
[i
],
6668 contents
+= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
6671 free (cinfo
.bitmask
);
6672 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
6676 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynstr");
6677 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6679 elf_finalize_dynstr (output_bfd
, info
);
6681 s
->size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
6683 for (dtagcount
= 0; dtagcount
<= info
->spare_dynamic_tags
; ++dtagcount
)
6684 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_NULL
, 0))
6691 /* Make sure sec_info_type is cleared if sec_info is cleared too. */
6694 merge_sections_remove_hook (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6697 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
);
6698 sec
->sec_info_type
= SEC_INFO_TYPE_NONE
;
6701 /* Finish SHF_MERGE section merging. */
6704 _bfd_elf_merge_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6709 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
6712 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link_next
)
6713 if ((ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
6714 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
6715 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) != 0
6716 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
6718 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*secdata
;
6720 secdata
= elf_section_data (sec
);
6721 if (! _bfd_add_merge_section (abfd
,
6722 &elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
,
6723 sec
, &secdata
->sec_info
))
6725 else if (secdata
->sec_info
)
6726 sec
->sec_info_type
= SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
;
6729 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
!= NULL
)
6730 _bfd_merge_sections (abfd
, info
, elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
,
6731 merge_sections_remove_hook
);
6735 /* Create an entry in an ELF linker hash table. */
6737 struct bfd_hash_entry
*
6738 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
6739 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
6742 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
6746 entry
= (struct bfd_hash_entry
*)
6747 bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
));
6752 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
6753 entry
= _bfd_link_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
6756 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ret
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
6757 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= (struct elf_link_hash_table
*) table
;
6759 /* Set local fields. */
6762 ret
->got
= htab
->init_got_refcount
;
6763 ret
->plt
= htab
->init_plt_refcount
;
6764 memset (&ret
->size
, 0, (sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
)
6765 - offsetof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
, size
)));
6766 /* Assume that we have been called by a non-ELF symbol reader.
6767 This flag is then reset by the code which reads an ELF input
6768 file. This ensures that a symbol created by a non-ELF symbol
6769 reader will have the flag set correctly. */
6776 /* Copy data from an indirect symbol to its direct symbol, hiding the
6777 old indirect symbol. Also used for copying flags to a weakdef. */
6780 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6781 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
6782 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
6784 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6786 /* Copy down any references that we may have already seen to the
6787 symbol which just became indirect. */
6789 dir
->ref_dynamic
|= ind
->ref_dynamic
;
6790 dir
->ref_regular
|= ind
->ref_regular
;
6791 dir
->ref_regular_nonweak
|= ind
->ref_regular_nonweak
;
6792 dir
->non_got_ref
|= ind
->non_got_ref
;
6793 dir
->needs_plt
|= ind
->needs_plt
;
6794 dir
->pointer_equality_needed
|= ind
->pointer_equality_needed
;
6796 if (ind
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
6799 /* Copy over the global and procedure linkage table refcount entries.
6800 These may have been already set up by a check_relocs routine. */
6801 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
6802 if (ind
->got
.refcount
> htab
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
)
6804 if (dir
->got
.refcount
< 0)
6805 dir
->got
.refcount
= 0;
6806 dir
->got
.refcount
+= ind
->got
.refcount
;
6807 ind
->got
.refcount
= htab
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
;
6810 if (ind
->plt
.refcount
> htab
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
)
6812 if (dir
->plt
.refcount
< 0)
6813 dir
->plt
.refcount
= 0;
6814 dir
->plt
.refcount
+= ind
->plt
.refcount
;
6815 ind
->plt
.refcount
= htab
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
;
6818 if (ind
->dynindx
!= -1)
6820 if (dir
->dynindx
!= -1)
6821 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (htab
->dynstr
, dir
->dynstr_index
);
6822 dir
->dynindx
= ind
->dynindx
;
6823 dir
->dynstr_index
= ind
->dynstr_index
;
6825 ind
->dynstr_index
= 0;
6830 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6831 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
6832 bfd_boolean force_local
)
6834 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT. */
6835 if (h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
6837 h
->plt
= elf_hash_table (info
)->init_plt_offset
;
6842 h
->forced_local
= 1;
6843 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
6846 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6852 /* Initialize an ELF linker hash table. *TABLE has been zeroed by our
6856 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init
6857 (struct elf_link_hash_table
*table
,
6859 struct bfd_hash_entry
*(*newfunc
) (struct bfd_hash_entry
*,
6860 struct bfd_hash_table
*,
6862 unsigned int entsize
,
6863 enum elf_target_id target_id
)
6866 int can_refcount
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->can_refcount
;
6868 table
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
= can_refcount
- 1;
6869 table
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
= can_refcount
- 1;
6870 table
->init_got_offset
.offset
= -(bfd_vma
) 1;
6871 table
->init_plt_offset
.offset
= -(bfd_vma
) 1;
6872 /* The first dynamic symbol is a dummy. */
6873 table
->dynsymcount
= 1;
6875 ret
= _bfd_link_hash_table_init (&table
->root
, abfd
, newfunc
, entsize
);
6877 table
->root
.type
= bfd_link_elf_hash_table
;
6878 table
->hash_table_id
= target_id
;
6883 /* Create an ELF linker hash table. */
6885 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
6886 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
6888 struct elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
6889 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_table
);
6891 ret
= (struct elf_link_hash_table
*) bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
6895 if (! _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (ret
, abfd
, _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc
,
6896 sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
),
6906 /* Destroy an ELF linker hash table. */
6909 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free (struct bfd_link_hash_table
*hash
)
6911 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= (struct elf_link_hash_table
*) hash
;
6912 if (htab
->dynstr
!= NULL
)
6913 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (htab
->dynstr
);
6914 _bfd_merge_sections_free (htab
->merge_info
);
6915 _bfd_generic_link_hash_table_free (hash
);
6918 /* This is a hook for the ELF emulation code in the generic linker to
6919 tell the backend linker what file name to use for the DT_NEEDED
6920 entry for a dynamic object. */
6923 bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
6925 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
6926 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
6927 elf_dt_name (abfd
) = name
;
6931 bfd_elf_get_dyn_lib_class (bfd
*abfd
)
6934 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
6935 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
6936 lib_class
= elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
);
6943 bfd_elf_set_dyn_lib_class (bfd
*abfd
, enum dynamic_lib_link_class lib_class
)
6945 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
6946 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
6947 elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) = lib_class
;
6950 /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries for a link. This is a hook for
6951 the linker ELF emulation code. */
6953 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*
6954 bfd_elf_get_needed_list (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6955 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6957 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
6959 return elf_hash_table (info
)->needed
;
6962 /* Get the list of DT_RPATH/DT_RUNPATH entries for a link. This is a
6963 hook for the linker ELF emulation code. */
6965 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*
6966 bfd_elf_get_runpath_list (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6967 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6969 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
6971 return elf_hash_table (info
)->runpath
;
6974 /* Get the name actually used for a dynamic object for a link. This
6975 is the SONAME entry if there is one. Otherwise, it is the string
6976 passed to bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name, or it is the filename. */
6979 bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (bfd
*abfd
)
6981 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
6982 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
6983 return elf_dt_name (abfd
);
6987 /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries from a BFD. This is a hook for
6988 the ELF linker emulation code. */
6991 bfd_elf_get_bfd_needed_list (bfd
*abfd
,
6992 struct bfd_link_needed_list
**pneeded
)
6995 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
= NULL
;
6996 unsigned int elfsec
;
6997 unsigned long shlink
;
6998 bfd_byte
*extdyn
, *extdynend
;
7000 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
7004 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7005 || bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_object
)
7008 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
7009 if (s
== NULL
|| s
->size
== 0)
7012 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
7015 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
7016 if (elfsec
== SHN_BAD
)
7019 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
7021 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
7022 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
7025 extdynend
= extdyn
+ s
->size
;
7026 for (; extdyn
< extdynend
; extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
7028 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
7030 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
7032 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
7035 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NEEDED
)
7038 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*l
;
7039 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
7042 string
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
7047 l
= (struct bfd_link_needed_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
7068 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
7070 unsigned long st_name
; /* Symbol name, index in string tbl */
7071 unsigned char st_info
; /* Type and binding attributes */
7072 unsigned char st_other
; /* Visibilty, and target specific */
7075 struct elf_symbuf_head
7077 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
;
7078 bfd_size_type count
;
7079 unsigned int st_shndx
;
7086 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
7087 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
;
7092 /* Sort references to symbols by ascending section number. */
7095 elf_sort_elf_symbol (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
7097 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*s1
= *(const Elf_Internal_Sym
**) arg1
;
7098 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*s2
= *(const Elf_Internal_Sym
**) arg2
;
7100 return s1
->st_shndx
- s2
->st_shndx
;
7104 elf_sym_name_compare (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
7106 const struct elf_symbol
*s1
= (const struct elf_symbol
*) arg1
;
7107 const struct elf_symbol
*s2
= (const struct elf_symbol
*) arg2
;
7108 return strcmp (s1
->name
, s2
->name
);
7111 static struct elf_symbuf_head
*
7112 elf_create_symbuf (bfd_size_type symcount
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
)
7114 Elf_Internal_Sym
**ind
, **indbufend
, **indbuf
;
7115 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
;
7116 struct elf_symbuf_head
*ssymbuf
, *ssymhead
;
7117 bfd_size_type i
, shndx_count
, total_size
;
7119 indbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
**) bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, sizeof (*indbuf
));
7123 for (ind
= indbuf
, i
= 0; i
< symcount
; i
++)
7124 if (isymbuf
[i
].st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
7125 *ind
++ = &isymbuf
[i
];
7128 qsort (indbuf
, indbufend
- indbuf
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
*),
7129 elf_sort_elf_symbol
);
7132 if (indbufend
> indbuf
)
7133 for (ind
= indbuf
, shndx_count
++; ind
< indbufend
- 1; ind
++)
7134 if (ind
[0]->st_shndx
!= ind
[1]->st_shndx
)
7137 total_size
= ((shndx_count
+ 1) * sizeof (*ssymbuf
)
7138 + (indbufend
- indbuf
) * sizeof (*ssym
));
7139 ssymbuf
= (struct elf_symbuf_head
*) bfd_malloc (total_size
);
7140 if (ssymbuf
== NULL
)
7146 ssym
= (struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*) (ssymbuf
+ shndx_count
+ 1);
7147 ssymbuf
->ssym
= NULL
;
7148 ssymbuf
->count
= shndx_count
;
7149 ssymbuf
->st_shndx
= 0;
7150 for (ssymhead
= ssymbuf
, ind
= indbuf
; ind
< indbufend
; ssym
++, ind
++)
7152 if (ind
== indbuf
|| ssymhead
->st_shndx
!= (*ind
)->st_shndx
)
7155 ssymhead
->ssym
= ssym
;
7156 ssymhead
->count
= 0;
7157 ssymhead
->st_shndx
= (*ind
)->st_shndx
;
7159 ssym
->st_name
= (*ind
)->st_name
;
7160 ssym
->st_info
= (*ind
)->st_info
;
7161 ssym
->st_other
= (*ind
)->st_other
;
7164 BFD_ASSERT ((bfd_size_type
) (ssymhead
- ssymbuf
) == shndx_count
7165 && (((bfd_hostptr_t
) ssym
- (bfd_hostptr_t
) ssymbuf
)
7172 /* Check if 2 sections define the same set of local and global
7176 bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (asection
*sec1
, asection
*sec2
,
7177 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7180 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed1
, *bed2
;
7181 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr1
, *hdr2
;
7182 bfd_size_type symcount1
, symcount2
;
7183 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf1
, *isymbuf2
;
7184 struct elf_symbuf_head
*ssymbuf1
, *ssymbuf2
;
7185 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
, *isymend
;
7186 struct elf_symbol
*symtable1
= NULL
, *symtable2
= NULL
;
7187 bfd_size_type count1
, count2
, i
;
7188 unsigned int shndx1
, shndx2
;
7194 /* Both sections have to be in ELF. */
7195 if (bfd_get_flavour (bfd1
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7196 || bfd_get_flavour (bfd2
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7199 if (elf_section_type (sec1
) != elf_section_type (sec2
))
7202 shndx1
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd1
, sec1
);
7203 shndx2
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd2
, sec2
);
7204 if (shndx1
== SHN_BAD
|| shndx2
== SHN_BAD
)
7207 bed1
= get_elf_backend_data (bfd1
);
7208 bed2
= get_elf_backend_data (bfd2
);
7209 hdr1
= &elf_tdata (bfd1
)->symtab_hdr
;
7210 symcount1
= hdr1
->sh_size
/ bed1
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7211 hdr2
= &elf_tdata (bfd2
)->symtab_hdr
;
7212 symcount2
= hdr2
->sh_size
/ bed2
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7214 if (symcount1
== 0 || symcount2
== 0)
7220 ssymbuf1
= (struct elf_symbuf_head
*) elf_tdata (bfd1
)->symbuf
;
7221 ssymbuf2
= (struct elf_symbuf_head
*) elf_tdata (bfd2
)->symbuf
;
7223 if (ssymbuf1
== NULL
)
7225 isymbuf1
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd1
, hdr1
, symcount1
, 0,
7227 if (isymbuf1
== NULL
)
7230 if (!info
->reduce_memory_overheads
)
7231 elf_tdata (bfd1
)->symbuf
= ssymbuf1
7232 = elf_create_symbuf (symcount1
, isymbuf1
);
7235 if (ssymbuf1
== NULL
|| ssymbuf2
== NULL
)
7237 isymbuf2
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd2
, hdr2
, symcount2
, 0,
7239 if (isymbuf2
== NULL
)
7242 if (ssymbuf1
!= NULL
&& !info
->reduce_memory_overheads
)
7243 elf_tdata (bfd2
)->symbuf
= ssymbuf2
7244 = elf_create_symbuf (symcount2
, isymbuf2
);
7247 if (ssymbuf1
!= NULL
&& ssymbuf2
!= NULL
)
7249 /* Optimized faster version. */
7250 bfd_size_type lo
, hi
, mid
;
7251 struct elf_symbol
*symp
;
7252 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
, *ssymend
;
7255 hi
= ssymbuf1
->count
;
7260 mid
= (lo
+ hi
) / 2;
7261 if (shndx1
< ssymbuf1
[mid
].st_shndx
)
7263 else if (shndx1
> ssymbuf1
[mid
].st_shndx
)
7267 count1
= ssymbuf1
[mid
].count
;
7274 hi
= ssymbuf2
->count
;
7279 mid
= (lo
+ hi
) / 2;
7280 if (shndx2
< ssymbuf2
[mid
].st_shndx
)
7282 else if (shndx2
> ssymbuf2
[mid
].st_shndx
)
7286 count2
= ssymbuf2
[mid
].count
;
7292 if (count1
== 0 || count2
== 0 || count1
!= count2
)
7295 symtable1
= (struct elf_symbol
*)
7296 bfd_malloc (count1
* sizeof (struct elf_symbol
));
7297 symtable2
= (struct elf_symbol
*)
7298 bfd_malloc (count2
* sizeof (struct elf_symbol
));
7299 if (symtable1
== NULL
|| symtable2
== NULL
)
7303 for (ssym
= ssymbuf1
->ssym
, ssymend
= ssym
+ count1
;
7304 ssym
< ssymend
; ssym
++, symp
++)
7306 symp
->u
.ssym
= ssym
;
7307 symp
->name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd1
,
7313 for (ssym
= ssymbuf2
->ssym
, ssymend
= ssym
+ count2
;
7314 ssym
< ssymend
; ssym
++, symp
++)
7316 symp
->u
.ssym
= ssym
;
7317 symp
->name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd2
,
7322 /* Sort symbol by name. */
7323 qsort (symtable1
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
7324 elf_sym_name_compare
);
7325 qsort (symtable2
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
7326 elf_sym_name_compare
);
7328 for (i
= 0; i
< count1
; i
++)
7329 /* Two symbols must have the same binding, type and name. */
7330 if (symtable1
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_info
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_info
7331 || symtable1
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_other
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_other
7332 || strcmp (symtable1
[i
].name
, symtable2
[i
].name
) != 0)
7339 symtable1
= (struct elf_symbol
*)
7340 bfd_malloc (symcount1
* sizeof (struct elf_symbol
));
7341 symtable2
= (struct elf_symbol
*)
7342 bfd_malloc (symcount2
* sizeof (struct elf_symbol
));
7343 if (symtable1
== NULL
|| symtable2
== NULL
)
7346 /* Count definitions in the section. */
7348 for (isym
= isymbuf1
, isymend
= isym
+ symcount1
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
7349 if (isym
->st_shndx
== shndx1
)
7350 symtable1
[count1
++].u
.isym
= isym
;
7353 for (isym
= isymbuf2
, isymend
= isym
+ symcount2
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
7354 if (isym
->st_shndx
== shndx2
)
7355 symtable2
[count2
++].u
.isym
= isym
;
7357 if (count1
== 0 || count2
== 0 || count1
!= count2
)
7360 for (i
= 0; i
< count1
; i
++)
7362 = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd1
, hdr1
->sh_link
,
7363 symtable1
[i
].u
.isym
->st_name
);
7365 for (i
= 0; i
< count2
; i
++)
7367 = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd2
, hdr2
->sh_link
,
7368 symtable2
[i
].u
.isym
->st_name
);
7370 /* Sort symbol by name. */
7371 qsort (symtable1
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
7372 elf_sym_name_compare
);
7373 qsort (symtable2
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
7374 elf_sym_name_compare
);
7376 for (i
= 0; i
< count1
; i
++)
7377 /* Two symbols must have the same binding, type and name. */
7378 if (symtable1
[i
].u
.isym
->st_info
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.isym
->st_info
7379 || symtable1
[i
].u
.isym
->st_other
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.isym
->st_other
7380 || strcmp (symtable1
[i
].name
, symtable2
[i
].name
) != 0)
7398 /* Return TRUE if 2 section types are compatible. */
7401 _bfd_elf_match_sections_by_type (bfd
*abfd
, const asection
*asec
,
7402 bfd
*bbfd
, const asection
*bsec
)
7406 || abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
7407 || bbfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7410 return elf_section_type (asec
) == elf_section_type (bsec
);
7413 /* Final phase of ELF linker. */
7415 /* A structure we use to avoid passing large numbers of arguments. */
7417 struct elf_final_link_info
7419 /* General link information. */
7420 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
7423 /* Symbol string table. */
7424 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*symstrtab
;
7425 /* .dynsym section. */
7426 asection
*dynsym_sec
;
7427 /* .hash section. */
7429 /* symbol version section (.gnu.version). */
7430 asection
*symver_sec
;
7431 /* Buffer large enough to hold contents of any section. */
7433 /* Buffer large enough to hold external relocs of any section. */
7434 void *external_relocs
;
7435 /* Buffer large enough to hold internal relocs of any section. */
7436 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
7437 /* Buffer large enough to hold external local symbols of any input
7439 bfd_byte
*external_syms
;
7440 /* And a buffer for symbol section indices. */
7441 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*locsym_shndx
;
7442 /* Buffer large enough to hold internal local symbols of any input
7444 Elf_Internal_Sym
*internal_syms
;
7445 /* Array large enough to hold a symbol index for each local symbol
7446 of any input BFD. */
7448 /* Array large enough to hold a section pointer for each local
7449 symbol of any input BFD. */
7450 asection
**sections
;
7451 /* Buffer to hold swapped out symbols. */
7453 /* And one for symbol section indices. */
7454 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*symshndxbuf
;
7455 /* Number of swapped out symbols in buffer. */
7456 size_t symbuf_count
;
7457 /* Number of symbols which fit in symbuf. */
7459 /* And same for symshndxbuf. */
7460 size_t shndxbuf_size
;
7461 /* Number of STT_FILE syms seen. */
7462 size_t filesym_count
;
7465 /* This struct is used to pass information to elf_link_output_extsym. */
7467 struct elf_outext_info
7470 bfd_boolean localsyms
;
7471 bfd_boolean need_second_pass
;
7472 bfd_boolean second_pass
;
7473 struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
;
7477 /* Support for evaluating a complex relocation.
7479 Complex relocations are generalized, self-describing relocations. The
7480 implementation of them consists of two parts: complex symbols, and the
7481 relocations themselves.
7483 The relocations are use a reserved elf-wide relocation type code (R_RELC
7484 external / BFD_RELOC_RELC internal) and an encoding of relocation field
7485 information (start bit, end bit, word width, etc) into the addend. This
7486 information is extracted from CGEN-generated operand tables within gas.
7488 Complex symbols are mangled symbols (BSF_RELC external / STT_RELC
7489 internal) representing prefix-notation expressions, including but not
7490 limited to those sorts of expressions normally encoded as addends in the
7491 addend field. The symbol mangling format is:
7494 | <unary-operator> ':' <node>
7495 | <binary-operator> ':' <node> ':' <node>
7498 <literal> := 's' <digits=N> ':' <N character symbol name>
7499 | 'S' <digits=N> ':' <N character section name>
7503 <binary-operator> := as in C
7504 <unary-operator> := as in C, plus "0-" for unambiguous negation. */
7507 set_symbol_value (bfd
*bfd_with_globals
,
7508 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
,
7513 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
7514 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7515 size_t extsymoff
= locsymcount
;
7517 if (symidx
< locsymcount
)
7519 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7521 sym
= isymbuf
+ symidx
;
7522 if (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) == STB_LOCAL
)
7524 /* It is a local symbol: move it to the
7525 "absolute" section and give it a value. */
7526 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
7527 sym
->st_value
= val
;
7530 BFD_ASSERT (elf_bad_symtab (bfd_with_globals
));
7534 /* It is a global symbol: set its link type
7535 to "defined" and give it a value. */
7537 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (bfd_with_globals
);
7538 h
= sym_hashes
[symidx
- extsymoff
];
7539 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
7540 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
7541 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
7542 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
7543 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= val
;
7544 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
7548 resolve_symbol (const char *name
,
7550 struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
,
7552 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
,
7555 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7556 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*global_entry
;
7557 const char *candidate
= NULL
;
7558 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
7561 symtab_hdr
= & elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
7563 for (i
= 0; i
< locsymcount
; ++ i
)
7567 if (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
7570 candidate
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
7571 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
7574 printf ("Comparing string: '%s' vs. '%s' = 0x%lx\n",
7575 name
, candidate
, (unsigned long) sym
->st_value
);
7577 if (candidate
&& strcmp (candidate
, name
) == 0)
7579 asection
*sec
= flinfo
->sections
[i
];
7581 *result
= _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (input_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, 0);
7582 *result
+= sec
->output_offset
+ sec
->output_section
->vma
;
7584 printf ("Found symbol with value %8.8lx\n",
7585 (unsigned long) *result
);
7591 /* Hmm, haven't found it yet. perhaps it is a global. */
7592 global_entry
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (flinfo
->info
->hash
, name
,
7593 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
7597 if (global_entry
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
7598 || global_entry
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
7600 *result
= (global_entry
->u
.def
.value
7601 + global_entry
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
7602 + global_entry
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
7604 printf ("Found GLOBAL symbol '%s' with value %8.8lx\n",
7605 global_entry
->root
.string
, (unsigned long) *result
);
7614 resolve_section (const char *name
,
7621 for (curr
= sections
; curr
; curr
= curr
->next
)
7622 if (strcmp (curr
->name
, name
) == 0)
7624 *result
= curr
->vma
;
7628 /* Hmm. still haven't found it. try pseudo-section names. */
7629 for (curr
= sections
; curr
; curr
= curr
->next
)
7631 len
= strlen (curr
->name
);
7632 if (len
> strlen (name
))
7635 if (strncmp (curr
->name
, name
, len
) == 0)
7637 if (strncmp (".end", name
+ len
, 4) == 0)
7639 *result
= curr
->vma
+ curr
->size
;
7643 /* Insert more pseudo-section names here, if you like. */
7651 undefined_reference (const char *reftype
, const char *name
)
7653 _bfd_error_handler (_("undefined %s reference in complex symbol: %s"),
7658 eval_symbol (bfd_vma
*result
,
7661 struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
,
7663 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
,
7672 const char *sym
= *symp
;
7674 bfd_boolean symbol_is_section
= FALSE
;
7679 if (len
< 1 || len
> sizeof (symbuf
))
7681 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
7694 *result
= strtoul (sym
, (char **) symp
, 16);
7698 symbol_is_section
= TRUE
;
7701 symlen
= strtol (sym
, (char **) symp
, 10);
7702 sym
= *symp
+ 1; /* Skip the trailing ':'. */
7704 if (symend
< sym
|| symlen
+ 1 > sizeof (symbuf
))
7706 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
7710 memcpy (symbuf
, sym
, symlen
);
7711 symbuf
[symlen
] = '\0';
7712 *symp
= sym
+ symlen
;
7714 /* Is it always possible, with complex symbols, that gas "mis-guessed"
7715 the symbol as a section, or vice-versa. so we're pretty liberal in our
7716 interpretation here; section means "try section first", not "must be a
7717 section", and likewise with symbol. */
7719 if (symbol_is_section
)
7721 if (!resolve_section (symbuf
, flinfo
->output_bfd
->sections
, result
)
7722 && !resolve_symbol (symbuf
, input_bfd
, flinfo
, result
,
7723 isymbuf
, locsymcount
))
7725 undefined_reference ("section", symbuf
);
7731 if (!resolve_symbol (symbuf
, input_bfd
, flinfo
, result
,
7732 isymbuf
, locsymcount
)
7733 && !resolve_section (symbuf
, flinfo
->output_bfd
->sections
,
7736 undefined_reference ("symbol", symbuf
);
7743 /* All that remains are operators. */
7745 #define UNARY_OP(op) \
7746 if (strncmp (sym, #op, strlen (#op)) == 0) \
7748 sym += strlen (#op); \
7752 if (!eval_symbol (&a, symp, input_bfd, flinfo, dot, \
7753 isymbuf, locsymcount, signed_p)) \
7756 *result = op ((bfd_signed_vma) a); \
7762 #define BINARY_OP(op) \
7763 if (strncmp (sym, #op, strlen (#op)) == 0) \
7765 sym += strlen (#op); \
7769 if (!eval_symbol (&a, symp, input_bfd, flinfo, dot, \
7770 isymbuf, locsymcount, signed_p)) \
7773 if (!eval_symbol (&b, symp, input_bfd, flinfo, dot, \
7774 isymbuf, locsymcount, signed_p)) \
7777 *result = ((bfd_signed_vma) a) op ((bfd_signed_vma) b); \
7807 _bfd_error_handler (_("unknown operator '%c' in complex symbol"), * sym
);
7808 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
7814 put_value (bfd_vma size
,
7815 unsigned long chunksz
,
7820 location
+= (size
- chunksz
);
7822 for (; size
; size
-= chunksz
, location
-= chunksz
, x
>>= (chunksz
* 8))
7830 bfd_put_8 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
7833 bfd_put_16 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
7836 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
7840 bfd_put_64 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
7850 get_value (bfd_vma size
,
7851 unsigned long chunksz
,
7858 /* Sanity checks. */
7859 BFD_ASSERT (chunksz
<= sizeof (x
)
7862 && (size
% chunksz
) == 0
7863 && input_bfd
!= NULL
7864 && location
!= NULL
);
7866 if (chunksz
== sizeof (x
))
7868 BFD_ASSERT (size
== chunksz
);
7870 /* Make sure that we do not perform an undefined shift operation.
7871 We know that size == chunksz so there will only be one iteration
7872 of the loop below. */
7876 shift
= 8 * chunksz
;
7878 for (; size
; size
-= chunksz
, location
+= chunksz
)
7883 x
= (x
<< shift
) | bfd_get_8 (input_bfd
, location
);
7886 x
= (x
<< shift
) | bfd_get_16 (input_bfd
, location
);
7889 x
= (x
<< shift
) | bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, location
);
7893 x
= (x
<< shift
) | bfd_get_64 (input_bfd
, location
);
7904 decode_complex_addend (unsigned long *start
, /* in bits */
7905 unsigned long *oplen
, /* in bits */
7906 unsigned long *len
, /* in bits */
7907 unsigned long *wordsz
, /* in bytes */
7908 unsigned long *chunksz
, /* in bytes */
7909 unsigned long *lsb0_p
,
7910 unsigned long *signed_p
,
7911 unsigned long *trunc_p
,
7912 unsigned long encoded
)
7914 * start
= encoded
& 0x3F;
7915 * len
= (encoded
>> 6) & 0x3F;
7916 * oplen
= (encoded
>> 12) & 0x3F;
7917 * wordsz
= (encoded
>> 18) & 0xF;
7918 * chunksz
= (encoded
>> 22) & 0xF;
7919 * lsb0_p
= (encoded
>> 27) & 1;
7920 * signed_p
= (encoded
>> 28) & 1;
7921 * trunc_p
= (encoded
>> 29) & 1;
7924 bfd_reloc_status_type
7925 bfd_elf_perform_complex_relocation (bfd
*input_bfd
,
7926 asection
*input_section ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7928 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
7931 bfd_vma shift
, x
, mask
;
7932 unsigned long start
, oplen
, len
, wordsz
, chunksz
, lsb0_p
, signed_p
, trunc_p
;
7933 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
7935 /* Perform this reloc, since it is complex.
7936 (this is not to say that it necessarily refers to a complex
7937 symbol; merely that it is a self-describing CGEN based reloc.
7938 i.e. the addend has the complete reloc information (bit start, end,
7939 word size, etc) encoded within it.). */
7941 decode_complex_addend (&start
, &oplen
, &len
, &wordsz
,
7942 &chunksz
, &lsb0_p
, &signed_p
,
7943 &trunc_p
, rel
->r_addend
);
7945 mask
= (((1L << (len
- 1)) - 1) << 1) | 1;
7948 shift
= (start
+ 1) - len
;
7950 shift
= (8 * wordsz
) - (start
+ len
);
7952 /* FIXME: octets_per_byte. */
7953 x
= get_value (wordsz
, chunksz
, input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7956 printf ("Doing complex reloc: "
7957 "lsb0? %ld, signed? %ld, trunc? %ld, wordsz %ld, "
7958 "chunksz %ld, start %ld, len %ld, oplen %ld\n"
7959 " dest: %8.8lx, mask: %8.8lx, reloc: %8.8lx\n",
7960 lsb0_p
, signed_p
, trunc_p
, wordsz
, chunksz
, start
, len
,
7961 oplen
, (unsigned long) x
, (unsigned long) mask
,
7962 (unsigned long) relocation
);
7967 /* Now do an overflow check. */
7968 r
= bfd_check_overflow ((signed_p
7969 ? complain_overflow_signed
7970 : complain_overflow_unsigned
),
7971 len
, 0, (8 * wordsz
),
7975 x
= (x
& ~(mask
<< shift
)) | ((relocation
& mask
) << shift
);
7978 printf (" relocation: %8.8lx\n"
7979 " shifted mask: %8.8lx\n"
7980 " shifted/masked reloc: %8.8lx\n"
7981 " result: %8.8lx\n",
7982 (unsigned long) relocation
, (unsigned long) (mask
<< shift
),
7983 (unsigned long) ((relocation
& mask
) << shift
), (unsigned long) x
);
7985 /* FIXME: octets_per_byte. */
7986 put_value (wordsz
, chunksz
, input_bfd
, x
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7990 /* When performing a relocatable link, the input relocations are
7991 preserved. But, if they reference global symbols, the indices
7992 referenced must be updated. Update all the relocations found in
7996 elf_link_adjust_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
7997 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
)
8000 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8002 void (*swap_in
) (bfd
*, const bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
8003 void (*swap_out
) (bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_byte
*);
8004 bfd_vma r_type_mask
;
8006 unsigned int count
= reldata
->count
;
8007 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash
= reldata
->hashes
;
8009 if (reldata
->hdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
)
8011 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_in
;
8012 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
;
8014 else if (reldata
->hdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
)
8016 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_in
;
8017 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
;
8022 if (bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
> MAX_INT_RELS_PER_EXT_REL
)
8025 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
8032 r_type_mask
= 0xffffffff;
8036 erela
= reldata
->hdr
->contents
;
8037 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, rel_hash
++, erela
+= reldata
->hdr
->sh_entsize
)
8039 Elf_Internal_Rela irela
[MAX_INT_RELS_PER_EXT_REL
];
8042 if (*rel_hash
== NULL
)
8045 BFD_ASSERT ((*rel_hash
)->indx
>= 0);
8047 (*swap_in
) (abfd
, erela
, irela
);
8048 for (j
= 0; j
< bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
; j
++)
8049 irela
[j
].r_info
= ((bfd_vma
) (*rel_hash
)->indx
<< r_sym_shift
8050 | (irela
[j
].r_info
& r_type_mask
));
8051 (*swap_out
) (abfd
, irela
, erela
);
8055 struct elf_link_sort_rela
8061 enum elf_reloc_type_class type
;
8062 /* We use this as an array of size int_rels_per_ext_rel. */
8063 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
[1];
8067 elf_link_sort_cmp1 (const void *A
, const void *B
)
8069 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*a
= (const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) A
;
8070 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*b
= (const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) B
;
8071 int relativea
, relativeb
;
8073 relativea
= a
->type
== reloc_class_relative
;
8074 relativeb
= b
->type
== reloc_class_relative
;
8076 if (relativea
< relativeb
)
8078 if (relativea
> relativeb
)
8080 if ((a
->rela
->r_info
& a
->u
.sym_mask
) < (b
->rela
->r_info
& b
->u
.sym_mask
))
8082 if ((a
->rela
->r_info
& a
->u
.sym_mask
) > (b
->rela
->r_info
& b
->u
.sym_mask
))
8084 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
< b
->rela
->r_offset
)
8086 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
> b
->rela
->r_offset
)
8092 elf_link_sort_cmp2 (const void *A
, const void *B
)
8094 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*a
= (const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) A
;
8095 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*b
= (const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) B
;
8097 if (a
->type
< b
->type
)
8099 if (a
->type
> b
->type
)
8101 if (a
->u
.offset
< b
->u
.offset
)
8103 if (a
->u
.offset
> b
->u
.offset
)
8105 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
< b
->rela
->r_offset
)
8107 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
> b
->rela
->r_offset
)
8113 elf_link_sort_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
**psec
)
8115 asection
*dynamic_relocs
;
8118 bfd_size_type count
, size
;
8119 size_t i
, ret
, sort_elt
, ext_size
;
8120 bfd_byte
*sort
, *s_non_relative
, *p
;
8121 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*sq
;
8122 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8123 int i2e
= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
8124 void (*swap_in
) (bfd
*, const bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
8125 void (*swap_out
) (bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_byte
*);
8126 struct bfd_link_order
*lo
;
8128 bfd_boolean use_rela
;
8130 /* Find a dynamic reloc section. */
8131 rela_dyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rela.dyn");
8132 rel_dyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rel.dyn");
8133 if (rela_dyn
!= NULL
&& rela_dyn
->size
> 0
8134 && rel_dyn
!= NULL
&& rel_dyn
->size
> 0)
8136 bfd_boolean use_rela_initialised
= FALSE
;
8138 /* This is just here to stop gcc from complaining.
8139 It's initialization checking code is not perfect. */
8142 /* Both sections are present. Examine the sizes
8143 of the indirect sections to help us choose. */
8144 for (lo
= rela_dyn
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
8145 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8147 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8149 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
) == 0)
8151 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
8152 /* Section size is divisible by both rel and rela sizes.
8153 It is of no help to us. */
8157 /* Section size is only divisible by rela. */
8158 if (use_rela_initialised
&& (use_rela
== FALSE
))
8161 (_("%B: Unable to sort relocs - they are in more than one size"), abfd
);
8162 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8168 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
8172 else if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
8174 /* Section size is only divisible by rel. */
8175 if (use_rela_initialised
&& (use_rela
== TRUE
))
8178 (_("%B: Unable to sort relocs - they are in more than one size"), abfd
);
8179 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8185 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
8190 /* The section size is not divisible by either - something is wrong. */
8192 (_("%B: Unable to sort relocs - they are of an unknown size"), abfd
);
8193 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8198 for (lo
= rel_dyn
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
8199 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8201 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8203 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
) == 0)
8205 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
8206 /* Section size is divisible by both rel and rela sizes.
8207 It is of no help to us. */
8211 /* Section size is only divisible by rela. */
8212 if (use_rela_initialised
&& (use_rela
== FALSE
))
8215 (_("%B: Unable to sort relocs - they are in more than one size"), abfd
);
8216 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8222 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
8226 else if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
8228 /* Section size is only divisible by rel. */
8229 if (use_rela_initialised
&& (use_rela
== TRUE
))
8232 (_("%B: Unable to sort relocs - they are in more than one size"), abfd
);
8233 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8239 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
8244 /* The section size is not divisible by either - something is wrong. */
8246 (_("%B: Unable to sort relocs - they are of an unknown size"), abfd
);
8247 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8252 if (! use_rela_initialised
)
8256 else if (rela_dyn
!= NULL
&& rela_dyn
->size
> 0)
8258 else if (rel_dyn
!= NULL
&& rel_dyn
->size
> 0)
8265 dynamic_relocs
= rela_dyn
;
8266 ext_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
8267 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_in
;
8268 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
;
8272 dynamic_relocs
= rel_dyn
;
8273 ext_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
8274 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_in
;
8275 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
;
8279 for (lo
= dynamic_relocs
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
8280 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8281 size
+= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
->size
;
8283 if (size
!= dynamic_relocs
->size
)
8286 sort_elt
= (sizeof (struct elf_link_sort_rela
)
8287 + (i2e
- 1) * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
));
8289 count
= dynamic_relocs
->size
/ ext_size
;
8292 sort
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_zmalloc (sort_elt
* count
);
8296 (*info
->callbacks
->warning
)
8297 (info
, _("Not enough memory to sort relocations"), 0, abfd
, 0, 0);
8301 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
8302 r_sym_mask
= ~(bfd_vma
) 0xff;
8304 r_sym_mask
= ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffffffff;
8306 for (lo
= dynamic_relocs
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
8307 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8309 bfd_byte
*erel
, *erelend
;
8310 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8312 if (o
->contents
== NULL
&& o
->size
!= 0)
8314 /* This is a reloc section that is being handled as a normal
8315 section. See bfd_section_from_shdr. We can't combine
8316 relocs in this case. */
8321 erelend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
8322 /* FIXME: octets_per_byte. */
8323 p
= sort
+ o
->output_offset
/ ext_size
* sort_elt
;
8325 while (erel
< erelend
)
8327 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*s
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
8329 (*swap_in
) (abfd
, erel
, s
->rela
);
8330 s
->type
= (*bed
->elf_backend_reloc_type_class
) (info
, o
, s
->rela
);
8331 s
->u
.sym_mask
= r_sym_mask
;
8337 qsort (sort
, count
, sort_elt
, elf_link_sort_cmp1
);
8339 for (i
= 0, p
= sort
; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= sort_elt
)
8341 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*s
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
8342 if (s
->type
!= reloc_class_relative
)
8348 sq
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) s_non_relative
;
8349 for (; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= sort_elt
)
8351 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*sp
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
8352 if (((sp
->rela
->r_info
^ sq
->rela
->r_info
) & r_sym_mask
) != 0)
8354 sp
->u
.offset
= sq
->rela
->r_offset
;
8357 qsort (s_non_relative
, count
- ret
, sort_elt
, elf_link_sort_cmp2
);
8359 for (lo
= dynamic_relocs
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
8360 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8362 bfd_byte
*erel
, *erelend
;
8363 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8366 erelend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
8367 /* FIXME: octets_per_byte. */
8368 p
= sort
+ o
->output_offset
/ ext_size
* sort_elt
;
8369 while (erel
< erelend
)
8371 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*s
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
8372 (*swap_out
) (abfd
, s
->rela
, erel
);
8379 *psec
= dynamic_relocs
;
8383 /* Flush the output symbols to the file. */
8386 elf_link_flush_output_syms (struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
,
8387 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
)
8389 if (flinfo
->symbuf_count
> 0)
8391 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8395 hdr
= &elf_tdata (flinfo
->output_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8396 pos
= hdr
->sh_offset
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
8397 amt
= flinfo
->symbuf_count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8398 if (bfd_seek (flinfo
->output_bfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
8399 || bfd_bwrite (flinfo
->symbuf
, amt
, flinfo
->output_bfd
) != amt
)
8402 hdr
->sh_size
+= amt
;
8403 flinfo
->symbuf_count
= 0;
8409 /* Add a symbol to the output symbol table. */
8412 elf_link_output_sym (struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
,
8414 Elf_Internal_Sym
*elfsym
,
8415 asection
*input_sec
,
8416 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
8419 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*destshndx
;
8420 int (*output_symbol_hook
)
8421 (struct bfd_link_info
*, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
*,
8422 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
8423 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
8425 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
8426 output_symbol_hook
= bed
->elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook
;
8427 if (output_symbol_hook
!= NULL
)
8429 int ret
= (*output_symbol_hook
) (flinfo
->info
, name
, elfsym
, input_sec
, h
);
8434 if (name
== NULL
|| *name
== '\0')
8435 elfsym
->st_name
= 0;
8436 else if (input_sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
)
8437 elfsym
->st_name
= 0;
8440 elfsym
->st_name
= (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (flinfo
->symstrtab
,
8442 if (elfsym
->st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
8446 if (flinfo
->symbuf_count
>= flinfo
->symbuf_size
)
8448 if (! elf_link_flush_output_syms (flinfo
, bed
))
8452 dest
= flinfo
->symbuf
+ flinfo
->symbuf_count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8453 destshndx
= flinfo
->symshndxbuf
;
8454 if (destshndx
!= NULL
)
8456 if (bfd_get_symcount (flinfo
->output_bfd
) >= flinfo
->shndxbuf_size
)
8460 amt
= flinfo
->shndxbuf_size
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
8461 destshndx
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*) bfd_realloc (destshndx
,
8463 if (destshndx
== NULL
)
8465 flinfo
->symshndxbuf
= destshndx
;
8466 memset ((char *) destshndx
+ amt
, 0, amt
);
8467 flinfo
->shndxbuf_size
*= 2;
8469 destshndx
+= bfd_get_symcount (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
8472 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (flinfo
->output_bfd
, elfsym
, dest
, destshndx
);
8473 flinfo
->symbuf_count
+= 1;
8474 bfd_get_symcount (flinfo
->output_bfd
) += 1;
8479 /* Return TRUE if the dynamic symbol SYM in ABFD is supported. */
8482 check_dynsym (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
8484 if (sym
->st_shndx
>= (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xffff)
8485 && sym
->st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
)
8487 /* The gABI doesn't support dynamic symbols in output sections
8489 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8490 (_("%B: Too many sections: %d (>= %d)"),
8491 abfd
, bfd_count_sections (abfd
), SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xffff);
8492 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
8498 /* For DSOs loaded in via a DT_NEEDED entry, emulate ld.so in
8499 allowing an unsatisfied unversioned symbol in the DSO to match a
8500 versioned symbol that would normally require an explicit version.
8501 We also handle the case that a DSO references a hidden symbol
8502 which may be satisfied by a versioned symbol in another DSO. */
8505 elf_link_check_versioned_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
8506 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
,
8507 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
8510 struct elf_link_loaded_list
*loaded
;
8512 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
8515 /* Check indirect symbol. */
8516 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
8517 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
8519 switch (h
->root
.type
)
8525 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
8526 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
8527 abfd
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
8528 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
8529 || (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_DT_NEEDED
) == 0)
8533 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
8534 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
8535 abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
8538 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
8539 abfd
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
->owner
;
8542 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
!= NULL
);
8544 for (loaded
= elf_hash_table (info
)->loaded
;
8546 loaded
= loaded
->next
)
8549 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8550 bfd_size_type symcount
;
8551 bfd_size_type extsymcount
;
8552 bfd_size_type extsymoff
;
8553 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*versymhdr
;
8554 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
8555 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
8556 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
8557 Elf_External_Versym
*ever
;
8558 Elf_External_Versym
*extversym
;
8560 input
= loaded
->abfd
;
8562 /* We check each DSO for a possible hidden versioned definition. */
8564 || (input
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
8565 || elf_dynversym (input
) == 0)
8568 hdr
= &elf_tdata (input
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
8570 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8571 if (elf_bad_symtab (input
))
8573 extsymcount
= symcount
;
8578 extsymcount
= symcount
- hdr
->sh_info
;
8579 extsymoff
= hdr
->sh_info
;
8582 if (extsymcount
== 0)
8585 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input
, hdr
, extsymcount
, extsymoff
,
8587 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
8590 /* Read in any version definitions. */
8591 versymhdr
= &elf_tdata (input
)->dynversym_hdr
;
8592 extversym
= (Elf_External_Versym
*) bfd_malloc (versymhdr
->sh_size
);
8593 if (extversym
== NULL
)
8596 if (bfd_seek (input
, versymhdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
8597 || (bfd_bread (extversym
, versymhdr
->sh_size
, input
)
8598 != versymhdr
->sh_size
))
8606 ever
= extversym
+ extsymoff
;
8607 isymend
= isymbuf
+ extsymcount
;
8608 for (isym
= isymbuf
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++, ever
++)
8611 Elf_Internal_Versym iver
;
8612 unsigned short version_index
;
8614 if (ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
) == STB_LOCAL
8615 || isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
8618 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input
,
8621 if (strcmp (name
, h
->root
.root
.string
) != 0)
8624 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (input
, ever
, &iver
);
8626 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0
8628 && h
->forced_local
))
8630 /* If we have a non-hidden versioned sym, then it should
8631 have provided a definition for the undefined sym unless
8632 it is defined in a non-shared object and forced local.
8637 version_index
= iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_VERSION
;
8638 if (version_index
== 1 || version_index
== 2)
8640 /* This is the base or first version. We can use it. */
8654 /* Add an external symbol to the symbol table. This is called from
8655 the hash table traversal routine. When generating a shared object,
8656 we go through the symbol table twice. The first time we output
8657 anything that might have been forced to local scope in a version
8658 script. The second time we output the symbols that are still
8662 elf_link_output_extsym (struct bfd_hash_entry
*bh
, void *data
)
8664 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
8665 struct elf_outext_info
*eoinfo
= (struct elf_outext_info
*) data
;
8666 struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
= eoinfo
->flinfo
;
8668 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
8669 asection
*input_sec
;
8670 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
8674 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8676 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
8677 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
8681 /* Decide whether to output this symbol in this pass. */
8682 if (eoinfo
->localsyms
)
8684 if (!h
->forced_local
)
8686 if (eoinfo
->second_pass
8687 && !((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
8688 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
8689 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
!= NULL
))
8694 if (h
->forced_local
)
8698 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
8700 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
8702 /* If we have an undefined symbol reference here then it must have
8703 come from a shared library that is being linked in. (Undefined
8704 references in regular files have already been handled unless
8705 they are in unreferenced sections which are removed by garbage
8707 bfd_boolean ignore_undef
= FALSE
;
8709 /* Some symbols may be special in that the fact that they're
8710 undefined can be safely ignored - let backend determine that. */
8711 if (bed
->elf_backend_ignore_undef_symbol
)
8712 ignore_undef
= bed
->elf_backend_ignore_undef_symbol (h
);
8714 /* If we are reporting errors for this situation then do so now. */
8717 && (!h
->ref_regular
|| flinfo
->info
->gc_sections
)
8718 && !elf_link_check_versioned_symbol (flinfo
->info
, bed
, h
)
8719 && flinfo
->info
->unresolved_syms_in_shared_libs
!= RM_IGNORE
)
8721 if (!(flinfo
->info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
8722 (flinfo
->info
, h
->root
.root
.string
,
8723 h
->ref_regular
? NULL
: h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
,
8725 (flinfo
->info
->unresolved_syms_in_shared_libs
8726 == RM_GENERATE_ERROR
))))
8728 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8729 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
8735 /* We should also warn if a forced local symbol is referenced from
8736 shared libraries. */
8737 if (!flinfo
->info
->relocatable
8738 && flinfo
->info
->executable
8743 && h
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
8744 && !elf_link_check_versioned_symbol (flinfo
->info
, bed
, h
))
8748 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
= h
;
8750 /* Check indirect symbol. */
8751 while (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
8752 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
8754 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
)
8755 msg
= _("%B: internal symbol `%s' in %B is referenced by DSO");
8756 else if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
)
8757 msg
= _("%B: hidden symbol `%s' in %B is referenced by DSO");
8759 msg
= _("%B: local symbol `%s' in %B is referenced by DSO");
8760 def_bfd
= flinfo
->output_bfd
;
8761 if (hi
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
8762 def_bfd
= hi
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
8763 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (msg
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, def_bfd
,
8764 h
->root
.root
.string
);
8765 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8766 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
8770 /* We don't want to output symbols that have never been mentioned by
8771 a regular file, or that we have been told to strip. However, if
8772 h->indx is set to -2, the symbol is used by a reloc and we must
8776 else if ((h
->def_dynamic
8778 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
8782 else if (flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
)
8784 else if (flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
8785 && bfd_hash_lookup (flinfo
->info
->keep_hash
,
8786 h
->root
.root
.string
, FALSE
, FALSE
) == NULL
)
8788 else if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
8789 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
8790 && ((flinfo
->info
->strip_discarded
8791 && discarded_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
))
8792 || (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
8793 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)))
8795 else if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
8796 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
8797 && h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
!= NULL
8798 && (h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
8803 /* If we're stripping it, and it's not a dynamic symbol, there's
8804 nothing else to do unless it is a forced local symbol or a
8805 STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol. */
8808 && h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
8809 && !h
->forced_local
)
8813 sym
.st_size
= h
->size
;
8814 sym
.st_other
= h
->other
;
8815 if (h
->forced_local
)
8817 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, h
->type
);
8818 /* Turn off visibility on local symbol. */
8819 sym
.st_other
&= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
8821 /* Set STB_GNU_UNIQUE only if symbol is defined in regular object. */
8822 else if (h
->unique_global
&& h
->def_regular
)
8823 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GNU_UNIQUE
, h
->type
);
8824 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
8825 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
8826 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_WEAK
, h
->type
);
8828 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, h
->type
);
8829 sym
.st_target_internal
= h
->target_internal
;
8831 switch (h
->root
.type
)
8834 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
8835 case bfd_link_hash_warning
:
8839 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
8840 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
8841 input_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
8842 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
8845 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
8846 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
8848 input_sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
8849 if (input_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
8851 if (eoinfo
->localsyms
&& flinfo
->filesym_count
== 1)
8853 bfd_boolean second_pass_sym
8854 = (input_sec
->owner
== flinfo
->output_bfd
8855 || input_sec
->owner
== NULL
8856 || (input_sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0
8857 || (input_sec
->owner
->flags
& BFD_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0);
8859 eoinfo
->need_second_pass
|= second_pass_sym
;
8860 if (eoinfo
->second_pass
!= second_pass_sym
)
8865 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (flinfo
->output_bfd
,
8866 input_sec
->output_section
);
8867 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
8869 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8870 (_("%B: could not find output section %A for input section %A"),
8871 flinfo
->output_bfd
, input_sec
->output_section
, input_sec
);
8872 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
8873 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
8877 /* ELF symbols in relocatable files are section relative,
8878 but in nonrelocatable files they are virtual
8880 sym
.st_value
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
+ input_sec
->output_offset
;
8881 if (!flinfo
->info
->relocatable
)
8883 sym
.st_value
+= input_sec
->output_section
->vma
;
8884 if (h
->type
== STT_TLS
)
8886 asection
*tls_sec
= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->tls_sec
;
8887 if (tls_sec
!= NULL
)
8888 sym
.st_value
-= tls_sec
->vma
;
8891 /* The TLS section may have been garbage collected. */
8892 BFD_ASSERT (flinfo
->info
->gc_sections
8893 && !input_sec
->gc_mark
);
8900 BFD_ASSERT (input_sec
->owner
== NULL
8901 || (input_sec
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0);
8902 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
8903 input_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
8908 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
8909 input_sec
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
8910 sym
.st_shndx
= bed
->common_section_index (input_sec
);
8911 sym
.st_value
= 1 << h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
;
8914 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
8915 /* These symbols are created by symbol versioning. They point
8916 to the decorated version of the name. For example, if the
8917 symbol foo@@GNU_1.2 is the default, which should be used when
8918 foo is used with no version, then we add an indirect symbol
8919 foo which points to foo@@GNU_1.2. We ignore these symbols,
8920 since the indirected symbol is already in the hash table. */
8924 /* Give the processor backend a chance to tweak the symbol value,
8925 and also to finish up anything that needs to be done for this
8926 symbol. FIXME: Not calling elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol for
8927 forced local syms when non-shared is due to a historical quirk.
8928 STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT. */
8929 if ((h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
8931 && !flinfo
->info
->relocatable
)
8932 || ((h
->dynindx
!= -1
8934 && ((flinfo
->info
->shared
8935 && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
8936 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
8937 || !h
->forced_local
)
8938 && elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
))
8940 if (! ((*bed
->elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol
)
8941 (flinfo
->output_bfd
, flinfo
->info
, h
, &sym
)))
8943 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
8948 /* If we are marking the symbol as undefined, and there are no
8949 non-weak references to this symbol from a regular object, then
8950 mark the symbol as weak undefined; if there are non-weak
8951 references, mark the symbol as strong. We can't do this earlier,
8952 because it might not be marked as undefined until the
8953 finish_dynamic_symbol routine gets through with it. */
8954 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
8956 && (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) == STB_GLOBAL
8957 || ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) == STB_WEAK
))
8960 unsigned int type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
.st_info
);
8962 /* Turn an undefined IFUNC symbol into a normal FUNC symbol. */
8963 if (type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
8966 if (h
->ref_regular_nonweak
)
8967 bindtype
= STB_GLOBAL
;
8969 bindtype
= STB_WEAK
;
8970 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (bindtype
, type
);
8973 /* If this is a symbol defined in a dynamic library, don't use the
8974 symbol size from the dynamic library. Relinking an executable
8975 against a new library may introduce gratuitous changes in the
8976 executable's symbols if we keep the size. */
8977 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
8982 /* If a non-weak symbol with non-default visibility is not defined
8983 locally, it is a fatal error. */
8984 if (!flinfo
->info
->relocatable
8985 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
.st_other
) != STV_DEFAULT
8986 && ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) != STB_WEAK
8987 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
8992 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
.st_other
) == STV_PROTECTED
)
8993 msg
= _("%B: protected symbol `%s' isn't defined");
8994 else if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
.st_other
) == STV_INTERNAL
)
8995 msg
= _("%B: internal symbol `%s' isn't defined");
8997 msg
= _("%B: hidden symbol `%s' isn't defined");
8998 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (msg
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
8999 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9000 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9004 /* If this symbol should be put in the .dynsym section, then put it
9005 there now. We already know the symbol index. We also fill in
9006 the entry in the .hash section. */
9007 if (flinfo
->dynsym_sec
!= NULL
9009 && elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
9013 /* Since there is no version information in the dynamic string,
9014 if there is no version info in symbol version section, we will
9015 have a run-time problem. */
9016 if (h
->verinfo
.verdef
== NULL
)
9018 char *p
= strrchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
9020 if (p
&& p
[1] != '\0')
9022 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9023 (_("%B: No symbol version section for versioned symbol `%s'"),
9024 flinfo
->output_bfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
9025 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9030 sym
.st_name
= h
->dynstr_index
;
9031 esym
= flinfo
->dynsym_sec
->contents
+ h
->dynindx
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
9032 if (!check_dynsym (flinfo
->output_bfd
, &sym
))
9034 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9037 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (flinfo
->output_bfd
, &sym
, esym
, 0);
9039 if (flinfo
->hash_sec
!= NULL
)
9041 size_t hash_entry_size
;
9042 bfd_byte
*bucketpos
;
9047 bucketcount
= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->bucketcount
;
9048 bucket
= h
->u
.elf_hash_value
% bucketcount
;
9051 = elf_section_data (flinfo
->hash_sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
9052 bucketpos
= ((bfd_byte
*) flinfo
->hash_sec
->contents
9053 + (bucket
+ 2) * hash_entry_size
);
9054 chain
= bfd_get (8 * hash_entry_size
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, bucketpos
);
9055 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, h
->dynindx
,
9057 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, chain
,
9058 ((bfd_byte
*) flinfo
->hash_sec
->contents
9059 + (bucketcount
+ 2 + h
->dynindx
) * hash_entry_size
));
9062 if (flinfo
->symver_sec
!= NULL
&& flinfo
->symver_sec
->contents
!= NULL
)
9064 Elf_Internal_Versym iversym
;
9065 Elf_External_Versym
*eversym
;
9067 if (!h
->def_regular
)
9069 if (h
->verinfo
.verdef
== NULL
)
9070 iversym
.vs_vers
= 0;
9072 iversym
.vs_vers
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_exp_refno
+ 1;
9076 if (h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
)
9077 iversym
.vs_vers
= 1;
9079 iversym
.vs_vers
= h
->verinfo
.vertree
->vernum
+ 1;
9080 if (flinfo
->info
->create_default_symver
)
9085 iversym
.vs_vers
|= VERSYM_HIDDEN
;
9087 eversym
= (Elf_External_Versym
*) flinfo
->symver_sec
->contents
;
9088 eversym
+= h
->dynindx
;
9089 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (flinfo
->output_bfd
, &iversym
, eversym
);
9093 /* If we're stripping it, then it was just a dynamic symbol, and
9094 there's nothing else to do. */
9095 if (strip
|| (input_sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
9098 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
9099 ret
= elf_link_output_sym (flinfo
, h
->root
.root
.string
, &sym
, input_sec
, h
);
9102 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9107 else if (h
->indx
== -2)
9113 /* Return TRUE if special handling is done for relocs in SEC against
9114 symbols defined in discarded sections. */
9117 elf_section_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection
*sec
)
9119 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
9121 switch (sec
->sec_info_type
)
9123 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
9124 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
9130 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (sec
->owner
);
9131 if (bed
->elf_backend_ignore_discarded_relocs
!= NULL
9132 && (*bed
->elf_backend_ignore_discarded_relocs
) (sec
))
9138 /* Return a mask saying how ld should treat relocations in SEC against
9139 symbols defined in discarded sections. If this function returns
9140 COMPLAIN set, ld will issue a warning message. If this function
9141 returns PRETEND set, and the discarded section was link-once and the
9142 same size as the kept link-once section, ld will pretend that the
9143 symbol was actually defined in the kept section. Otherwise ld will
9144 zero the reloc (at least that is the intent, but some cooperation by
9145 the target dependent code is needed, particularly for REL targets). */
9148 _bfd_elf_default_action_discarded (asection
*sec
)
9150 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
9153 if (strcmp (".eh_frame", sec
->name
) == 0)
9156 if (strcmp (".gcc_except_table", sec
->name
) == 0)
9159 return COMPLAIN
| PRETEND
;
9162 /* Find a match between a section and a member of a section group. */
9165 match_group_member (asection
*sec
, asection
*group
,
9166 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9168 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (group
);
9169 asection
*s
= first
;
9173 if (bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (s
, sec
, info
))
9176 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
9184 /* Check if the kept section of a discarded section SEC can be used
9185 to replace it. Return the replacement if it is OK. Otherwise return
9189 _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (asection
*sec
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9193 kept
= sec
->kept_section
;
9196 if ((kept
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
9197 kept
= match_group_member (sec
, kept
, info
);
9199 && ((sec
->rawsize
!= 0 ? sec
->rawsize
: sec
->size
)
9200 != (kept
->rawsize
!= 0 ? kept
->rawsize
: kept
->size
)))
9202 sec
->kept_section
= kept
;
9207 /* Link an input file into the linker output file. This function
9208 handles all the sections and relocations of the input file at once.
9209 This is so that we only have to read the local symbols once, and
9210 don't have to keep them in memory. */
9213 elf_link_input_bfd (struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
, bfd
*input_bfd
)
9215 int (*relocate_section
)
9216 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd
*, asection
*, bfd_byte
*,
9217 Elf_Internal_Rela
*, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
**);
9219 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
9222 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
9223 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
9224 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
9226 asection
**ppsection
;
9228 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
9229 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
9230 bfd_size_type address_size
;
9231 bfd_vma r_type_mask
;
9233 bfd_boolean have_file_sym
= FALSE
;
9235 output_bfd
= flinfo
->output_bfd
;
9236 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
9237 relocate_section
= bed
->elf_backend_relocate_section
;
9239 /* If this is a dynamic object, we don't want to do anything here:
9240 we don't want the local symbols, and we don't want the section
9242 if ((input_bfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
9245 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
9246 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
9248 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
9253 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
9254 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
9257 /* Read the local symbols. */
9258 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
9259 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& locsymcount
!= 0)
9261 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
, locsymcount
, 0,
9262 flinfo
->internal_syms
,
9263 flinfo
->external_syms
,
9264 flinfo
->locsym_shndx
);
9265 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
9269 /* Find local symbol sections and adjust values of symbols in
9270 SEC_MERGE sections. Write out those local symbols we know are
9271 going into the output file. */
9272 isymend
= isymbuf
+ locsymcount
;
9273 for (isym
= isymbuf
, pindex
= flinfo
->indices
, ppsection
= flinfo
->sections
;
9275 isym
++, pindex
++, ppsection
++)
9279 Elf_Internal_Sym osym
;
9285 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
9287 if (ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
9294 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
9295 isec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
9296 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
9297 isec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
9298 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
9299 isec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
9302 isec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (input_bfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
9305 /* Don't attempt to output symbols with st_shnx in the
9306 reserved range other than SHN_ABS and SHN_COMMON. */
9310 else if (isec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
9311 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) != STT_SECTION
)
9313 _bfd_merged_section_offset (output_bfd
, &isec
,
9314 elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
,
9320 /* Don't output the first, undefined, symbol. */
9321 if (ppsection
== flinfo
->sections
)
9324 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
9326 /* We never output section symbols. Instead, we use the
9327 section symbol of the corresponding section in the output
9332 /* If we are stripping all symbols, we don't want to output this
9334 if (flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
)
9337 /* If we are discarding all local symbols, we don't want to
9338 output this one. If we are generating a relocatable output
9339 file, then some of the local symbols may be required by
9340 relocs; we output them below as we discover that they are
9342 if (flinfo
->info
->discard
== discard_all
)
9345 /* If this symbol is defined in a section which we are
9346 discarding, we don't need to keep it. */
9347 if (isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
9348 && isym
->st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
9349 && bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd
,
9350 isec
->output_section
))
9353 /* Get the name of the symbol. */
9354 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
9359 /* See if we are discarding symbols with this name. */
9360 if ((flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
9361 && (bfd_hash_lookup (flinfo
->info
->keep_hash
, name
, FALSE
, FALSE
)
9363 || (((flinfo
->info
->discard
== discard_sec_merge
9364 && (isec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) && !flinfo
->info
->relocatable
)
9365 || flinfo
->info
->discard
== discard_l
)
9366 && bfd_is_local_label_name (input_bfd
, name
)))
9369 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_FILE
)
9371 have_file_sym
= TRUE
;
9372 flinfo
->filesym_count
+= 1;
9376 /* In the absence of debug info, bfd_find_nearest_line uses
9377 FILE symbols to determine the source file for local
9378 function symbols. Provide a FILE symbol here if input
9379 files lack such, so that their symbols won't be
9380 associated with a previous input file. It's not the
9381 source file, but the best we can do. */
9382 have_file_sym
= TRUE
;
9383 flinfo
->filesym_count
+= 1;
9384 memset (&osym
, 0, sizeof (osym
));
9385 osym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
9386 osym
.st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
9387 if (!elf_link_output_sym (flinfo
, input_bfd
->filename
, &osym
,
9388 bfd_abs_section_ptr
, NULL
))
9394 /* Adjust the section index for the output file. */
9395 osym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (output_bfd
,
9396 isec
->output_section
);
9397 if (osym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
9400 /* ELF symbols in relocatable files are section relative, but
9401 in executable files they are virtual addresses. Note that
9402 this code assumes that all ELF sections have an associated
9403 BFD section with a reasonable value for output_offset; below
9404 we assume that they also have a reasonable value for
9405 output_section. Any special sections must be set up to meet
9406 these requirements. */
9407 osym
.st_value
+= isec
->output_offset
;
9408 if (!flinfo
->info
->relocatable
)
9410 osym
.st_value
+= isec
->output_section
->vma
;
9411 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (osym
.st_info
) == STT_TLS
)
9413 /* STT_TLS symbols are relative to PT_TLS segment base. */
9414 BFD_ASSERT (elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->tls_sec
!= NULL
);
9415 osym
.st_value
-= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->tls_sec
->vma
;
9419 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (output_bfd
);
9420 ret
= elf_link_output_sym (flinfo
, name
, &osym
, isec
, NULL
);
9427 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
9435 r_type_mask
= 0xffffffff;
9440 /* Relocate the contents of each section. */
9441 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
);
9442 for (o
= input_bfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
9446 if (! o
->linker_mark
)
9448 /* This section was omitted from the link. */
9452 if (flinfo
->info
->relocatable
9453 && (o
->flags
& (SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_GROUP
)) == SEC_GROUP
)
9455 /* Deal with the group signature symbol. */
9456 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sec_data
= elf_section_data (o
);
9457 unsigned long symndx
= sec_data
->this_hdr
.sh_info
;
9458 asection
*osec
= o
->output_section
;
9460 if (symndx
>= locsymcount
9461 || (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)
9462 && flinfo
->sections
[symndx
] == NULL
))
9464 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= sym_hashes
[symndx
- extsymoff
];
9465 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
9466 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
9467 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9468 /* Arrange for symbol to be output. */
9470 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= -2;
9472 else if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isymbuf
[symndx
].st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
9474 /* We'll use the output section target_index. */
9475 asection
*sec
= flinfo
->sections
[symndx
]->output_section
;
9476 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= sec
->target_index
;
9480 if (flinfo
->indices
[symndx
] == -1)
9482 /* Otherwise output the local symbol now. */
9483 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
= isymbuf
[symndx
];
9484 asection
*sec
= flinfo
->sections
[symndx
]->output_section
;
9489 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
9490 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
9495 sym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (output_bfd
,
9497 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
9500 sym
.st_value
+= o
->output_offset
;
9502 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (output_bfd
);
9503 ret
= elf_link_output_sym (flinfo
, name
, &sym
, o
, NULL
);
9507 flinfo
->indices
[symndx
] = indx
;
9511 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
9512 = flinfo
->indices
[symndx
];
9516 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0
9517 || (o
->size
== 0 && (o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0))
9520 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
9522 /* Section was created by _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections
9527 /* Get the contents of the section. They have been cached by a
9528 relaxation routine. Note that o is a section in an input
9529 file, so the contents field will not have been set by any of
9530 the routines which work on output files. */
9531 if (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
9532 contents
= elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
9535 contents
= flinfo
->contents
;
9536 if (! bfd_get_full_section_contents (input_bfd
, o
, &contents
))
9540 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
9542 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
9543 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
, *relend
;
9544 int action_discarded
;
9547 /* Get the swapped relocs. */
9549 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (input_bfd
, o
, flinfo
->external_relocs
,
9550 flinfo
->internal_relocs
, FALSE
);
9551 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
9552 && o
->reloc_count
> 0)
9555 /* We need to reverse-copy input .ctors/.dtors sections if
9556 they are placed in .init_array/.finit_array for output. */
9557 if (o
->size
> address_size
9558 && ((strncmp (o
->name
, ".ctors", 6) == 0
9559 && strcmp (o
->output_section
->name
,
9560 ".init_array") == 0)
9561 || (strncmp (o
->name
, ".dtors", 6) == 0
9562 && strcmp (o
->output_section
->name
,
9563 ".fini_array") == 0))
9564 && (o
->name
[6] == 0 || o
->name
[6] == '.'))
9566 if (o
->size
!= o
->reloc_count
* address_size
)
9568 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9569 (_("error: %B: size of section %A is not "
9570 "multiple of address size"),
9572 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_on_input
);
9575 o
->flags
|= SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY
;
9578 action_discarded
= -1;
9579 if (!elf_section_ignore_discarded_relocs (o
))
9580 action_discarded
= (*bed
->action_discarded
) (o
);
9582 /* Run through the relocs evaluating complex reloc symbols and
9583 looking for relocs against symbols from discarded sections
9584 or section symbols from removed link-once sections.
9585 Complain about relocs against discarded sections. Zero
9586 relocs against removed link-once sections. */
9588 rel
= internal_relocs
;
9589 relend
= rel
+ o
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
9590 for ( ; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
9592 unsigned long r_symndx
= rel
->r_info
>> r_sym_shift
;
9593 unsigned int s_type
;
9594 asection
**ps
, *sec
;
9595 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
9596 const char *sym_name
;
9598 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
9601 if (r_symndx
>= locsymcount
9602 || (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)
9603 && flinfo
->sections
[r_symndx
] == NULL
))
9605 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
9607 /* Badly formatted input files can contain relocs that
9608 reference non-existant symbols. Check here so that
9609 we do not seg fault. */
9614 sprintf_vma (buffer
, rel
->r_info
);
9615 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9616 (_("error: %B contains a reloc (0x%s) for section %A "
9617 "that references a non-existent global symbol"),
9618 input_bfd
, o
, buffer
);
9619 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9623 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
9624 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
9625 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9630 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
9631 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
9632 ps
= &h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
9634 sym_name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
9638 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
9640 s_type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
);
9641 ps
= &flinfo
->sections
[r_symndx
];
9642 sym_name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
,
9646 if ((s_type
== STT_RELC
|| s_type
== STT_SRELC
)
9647 && !flinfo
->info
->relocatable
)
9650 bfd_vma dot
= (rel
->r_offset
9651 + o
->output_offset
+ o
->output_section
->vma
);
9653 printf ("Encountered a complex symbol!");
9654 printf (" (input_bfd %s, section %s, reloc %ld\n",
9655 input_bfd
->filename
, o
->name
,
9656 (long) (rel
- internal_relocs
));
9657 printf (" symbol: idx %8.8lx, name %s\n",
9658 r_symndx
, sym_name
);
9659 printf (" reloc : info %8.8lx, addr %8.8lx\n",
9660 (unsigned long) rel
->r_info
,
9661 (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
9663 if (!eval_symbol (&val
, &sym_name
, input_bfd
, flinfo
, dot
,
9664 isymbuf
, locsymcount
, s_type
== STT_SRELC
))
9667 /* Symbol evaluated OK. Update to absolute value. */
9668 set_symbol_value (input_bfd
, isymbuf
, locsymcount
,
9673 if (action_discarded
!= -1 && ps
!= NULL
)
9675 /* Complain if the definition comes from a
9676 discarded section. */
9677 if ((sec
= *ps
) != NULL
&& discarded_section (sec
))
9679 BFD_ASSERT (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
);
9680 if (action_discarded
& COMPLAIN
)
9681 (*flinfo
->info
->callbacks
->einfo
)
9682 (_("%X`%s' referenced in section `%A' of %B: "
9683 "defined in discarded section `%A' of %B\n"),
9684 sym_name
, o
, input_bfd
, sec
, sec
->owner
);
9686 /* Try to do the best we can to support buggy old
9687 versions of gcc. Pretend that the symbol is
9688 really defined in the kept linkonce section.
9689 FIXME: This is quite broken. Modifying the
9690 symbol here means we will be changing all later
9691 uses of the symbol, not just in this section. */
9692 if (action_discarded
& PRETEND
)
9696 kept
= _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (sec
,
9708 /* Relocate the section by invoking a back end routine.
9710 The back end routine is responsible for adjusting the
9711 section contents as necessary, and (if using Rela relocs
9712 and generating a relocatable output file) adjusting the
9713 reloc addend as necessary.
9715 The back end routine does not have to worry about setting
9716 the reloc address or the reloc symbol index.
9718 The back end routine is given a pointer to the swapped in
9719 internal symbols, and can access the hash table entries
9720 for the external symbols via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
9722 When generating relocatable output, the back end routine
9723 must handle STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially. The
9724 output symbol is going to be a section symbol
9725 corresponding to the output section, which will require
9726 the addend to be adjusted. */
9728 ret
= (*relocate_section
) (output_bfd
, flinfo
->info
,
9729 input_bfd
, o
, contents
,
9737 || flinfo
->info
->relocatable
9738 || flinfo
->info
->emitrelocations
)
9740 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
;
9741 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irelaend
, *irelamid
;
9742 bfd_vma last_offset
;
9743 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash
;
9744 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash_list
, **rela_hash_list
;
9745 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*input_rel_hdr
, *input_rela_hdr
;
9746 unsigned int next_erel
;
9747 bfd_boolean rela_normal
;
9748 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdi
, *esdo
;
9750 esdi
= elf_section_data (o
);
9751 esdo
= elf_section_data (o
->output_section
);
9752 rela_normal
= FALSE
;
9754 /* Adjust the reloc addresses and symbol indices. */
9756 irela
= internal_relocs
;
9757 irelaend
= irela
+ o
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
9758 rel_hash
= esdo
->rel
.hashes
+ esdo
->rel
.count
;
9759 /* We start processing the REL relocs, if any. When we reach
9760 IRELAMID in the loop, we switch to the RELA relocs. */
9762 if (esdi
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
)
9763 irelamid
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdi
->rel
.hdr
)
9764 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
9765 rel_hash_list
= rel_hash
;
9766 rela_hash_list
= NULL
;
9767 last_offset
= o
->output_offset
;
9768 if (!flinfo
->info
->relocatable
)
9769 last_offset
+= o
->output_section
->vma
;
9770 for (next_erel
= 0; irela
< irelaend
; irela
++, next_erel
++)
9772 unsigned long r_symndx
;
9774 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
9776 if (next_erel
== bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
9782 if (irela
== irelamid
)
9784 rel_hash
= esdo
->rela
.hashes
+ esdo
->rela
.count
;
9785 rela_hash_list
= rel_hash
;
9786 rela_normal
= bed
->rela_normal
;
9789 irela
->r_offset
= _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
,
9792 if (irela
->r_offset
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
9794 /* This is a reloc for a deleted entry or somesuch.
9795 Turn it into an R_*_NONE reloc, at the same
9796 offset as the last reloc. elf_eh_frame.c and
9797 bfd_elf_discard_info rely on reloc offsets
9799 irela
->r_offset
= last_offset
;
9801 irela
->r_addend
= 0;
9805 irela
->r_offset
+= o
->output_offset
;
9807 /* Relocs in an executable have to be virtual addresses. */
9808 if (!flinfo
->info
->relocatable
)
9809 irela
->r_offset
+= o
->output_section
->vma
;
9811 last_offset
= irela
->r_offset
;
9813 r_symndx
= irela
->r_info
>> r_sym_shift
;
9814 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
9817 if (r_symndx
>= locsymcount
9818 || (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)
9819 && flinfo
->sections
[r_symndx
] == NULL
))
9821 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*rh
;
9824 /* This is a reloc against a global symbol. We
9825 have not yet output all the local symbols, so
9826 we do not know the symbol index of any global
9827 symbol. We set the rel_hash entry for this
9828 reloc to point to the global hash table entry
9829 for this symbol. The symbol index is then
9830 set at the end of bfd_elf_final_link. */
9831 indx
= r_symndx
- extsymoff
;
9832 rh
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
)[indx
];
9833 while (rh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
9834 || rh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
9835 rh
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) rh
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9837 /* Setting the index to -2 tells
9838 elf_link_output_extsym that this symbol is
9840 BFD_ASSERT (rh
->indx
< 0);
9848 /* This is a reloc against a local symbol. */
9851 sym
= isymbuf
[r_symndx
];
9852 sec
= flinfo
->sections
[r_symndx
];
9853 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
.st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
9855 /* I suppose the backend ought to fill in the
9856 section of any STT_SECTION symbol against a
9857 processor specific section. */
9858 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
9859 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
9861 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
9863 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9868 asection
*osec
= sec
->output_section
;
9870 /* If we have discarded a section, the output
9871 section will be the absolute section. In
9872 case of discarded SEC_MERGE sections, use
9873 the kept section. relocate_section should
9874 have already handled discarded linkonce
9876 if (bfd_is_abs_section (osec
)
9877 && sec
->kept_section
!= NULL
9878 && sec
->kept_section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
9880 osec
= sec
->kept_section
->output_section
;
9881 irela
->r_addend
-= osec
->vma
;
9884 if (!bfd_is_abs_section (osec
))
9886 r_symndx
= osec
->target_index
;
9887 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
9889 irela
->r_addend
+= osec
->vma
;
9890 osec
= _bfd_nearby_section (output_bfd
, osec
,
9892 irela
->r_addend
-= osec
->vma
;
9893 r_symndx
= osec
->target_index
;
9898 /* Adjust the addend according to where the
9899 section winds up in the output section. */
9901 irela
->r_addend
+= sec
->output_offset
;
9905 if (flinfo
->indices
[r_symndx
] == -1)
9907 unsigned long shlink
;
9912 if (flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
)
9914 /* You can't do ld -r -s. */
9915 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9919 /* This symbol was skipped earlier, but
9920 since it is needed by a reloc, we
9921 must output it now. */
9922 shlink
= symtab_hdr
->sh_link
;
9923 name
= (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
9924 (input_bfd
, shlink
, sym
.st_name
));
9928 osec
= sec
->output_section
;
9930 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (output_bfd
,
9932 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
9935 sym
.st_value
+= sec
->output_offset
;
9936 if (!flinfo
->info
->relocatable
)
9938 sym
.st_value
+= osec
->vma
;
9939 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
.st_info
) == STT_TLS
)
9941 /* STT_TLS symbols are relative to PT_TLS
9943 BFD_ASSERT (elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)
9945 sym
.st_value
-= (elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)
9950 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (output_bfd
);
9951 ret
= elf_link_output_sym (flinfo
, name
, &sym
, sec
,
9956 flinfo
->indices
[r_symndx
] = indx
;
9961 r_symndx
= flinfo
->indices
[r_symndx
];
9964 irela
->r_info
= ((bfd_vma
) r_symndx
<< r_sym_shift
9965 | (irela
->r_info
& r_type_mask
));
9968 /* Swap out the relocs. */
9969 input_rel_hdr
= esdi
->rel
.hdr
;
9970 if (input_rel_hdr
&& input_rel_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
9972 if (!bed
->elf_backend_emit_relocs (output_bfd
, o
,
9977 internal_relocs
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
)
9978 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
9979 rel_hash_list
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
);
9982 input_rela_hdr
= esdi
->rela
.hdr
;
9983 if (input_rela_hdr
&& input_rela_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
9985 if (!bed
->elf_backend_emit_relocs (output_bfd
, o
,
9994 /* Write out the modified section contents. */
9995 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_section
9996 && (*bed
->elf_backend_write_section
) (output_bfd
, flinfo
->info
, o
,
9999 /* Section written out. */
10001 else switch (o
->sec_info_type
)
10003 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
10004 if (! (_bfd_write_section_stabs
10006 &elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->stab_info
,
10007 o
, &elf_section_data (o
)->sec_info
, contents
)))
10010 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
:
10011 if (! _bfd_write_merged_section (output_bfd
, o
,
10012 elf_section_data (o
)->sec_info
))
10015 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
10017 if (! _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd
, flinfo
->info
,
10024 /* FIXME: octets_per_byte. */
10025 if (! (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
))
10027 file_ptr offset
= (file_ptr
) o
->output_offset
;
10028 bfd_size_type todo
= o
->size
;
10029 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY
))
10031 /* Reverse-copy input section to output. */
10034 todo
-= address_size
;
10035 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
,
10043 offset
+= address_size
;
10047 else if (! bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
,
10061 /* Generate a reloc when linking an ELF file. This is a reloc
10062 requested by the linker, and does not come from any input file. This
10063 is used to build constructor and destructor tables when linking
10067 elf_reloc_link_order (bfd
*output_bfd
,
10068 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10069 asection
*output_section
,
10070 struct bfd_link_order
*link_order
)
10072 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
10076 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
;
10077 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash_ptr
;
10078 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
10079 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
10080 Elf_Internal_Rela irel
[MAX_INT_RELS_PER_EXT_REL
];
10083 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (output_section
);
10085 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (output_bfd
, link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->reloc
);
10088 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
10092 addend
= link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->addend
;
10095 reldata
= &esdo
->rel
;
10096 else if (esdo
->rela
.hdr
)
10097 reldata
= &esdo
->rela
;
10104 /* Figure out the symbol index. */
10105 rel_hash_ptr
= reldata
->hashes
+ reldata
->count
;
10106 if (link_order
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
)
10108 indx
= link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.section
->target_index
;
10109 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= 0);
10110 *rel_hash_ptr
= NULL
;
10114 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
10116 /* Treat a reloc against a defined symbol as though it were
10117 actually against the section. */
10118 h
= ((struct elf_link_hash_entry
*)
10119 bfd_wrapped_link_hash_lookup (output_bfd
, info
,
10120 link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.name
,
10121 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
));
10123 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
10124 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
10128 section
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
10129 indx
= section
->output_section
->target_index
;
10130 *rel_hash_ptr
= NULL
;
10131 /* It seems that we ought to add the symbol value to the
10132 addend here, but in practice it has already been added
10133 because it was passed to constructor_callback. */
10134 addend
+= section
->output_section
->vma
+ section
->output_offset
;
10136 else if (h
!= NULL
)
10138 /* Setting the index to -2 tells elf_link_output_extsym that
10139 this symbol is used by a reloc. */
10146 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->unattached_reloc
)
10147 (info
, link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.name
, NULL
, NULL
, 0)))
10153 /* If this is an inplace reloc, we must write the addend into the
10155 if (howto
->partial_inplace
&& addend
!= 0)
10157 bfd_size_type size
;
10158 bfd_reloc_status_type rstat
;
10161 const char *sym_name
;
10163 size
= (bfd_size_type
) bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
);
10164 buf
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_zmalloc (size
);
10167 rstat
= _bfd_relocate_contents (howto
, output_bfd
, addend
, buf
);
10174 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
10177 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
10178 if (link_order
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
)
10179 sym_name
= bfd_section_name (output_bfd
,
10180 link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.section
);
10182 sym_name
= link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.name
;
10183 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
10184 (info
, NULL
, sym_name
, howto
->name
, addend
, NULL
,
10185 NULL
, (bfd_vma
) 0)))
10192 ok
= bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, output_section
, buf
,
10193 link_order
->offset
, size
);
10199 /* The address of a reloc is relative to the section in a
10200 relocatable file, and is a virtual address in an executable
10202 offset
= link_order
->offset
;
10203 if (! info
->relocatable
)
10204 offset
+= output_section
->vma
;
10206 for (i
= 0; i
< bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
; i
++)
10208 irel
[i
].r_offset
= offset
;
10209 irel
[i
].r_info
= 0;
10210 irel
[i
].r_addend
= 0;
10212 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
10213 irel
[0].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, howto
->type
);
10215 irel
[0].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, howto
->type
);
10217 rel_hdr
= reldata
->hdr
;
10218 erel
= rel_hdr
->contents
;
10219 if (rel_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
)
10221 erel
+= reldata
->count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
10222 (*bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
) (output_bfd
, irel
, erel
);
10226 irel
[0].r_addend
= addend
;
10227 erel
+= reldata
->count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
10228 (*bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
) (output_bfd
, irel
, erel
);
10237 /* Get the output vma of the section pointed to by the sh_link field. */
10240 elf_get_linked_section_vma (struct bfd_link_order
*p
)
10242 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**elf_shdrp
;
10246 s
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
10247 elf_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (s
->owner
);
10248 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (s
->owner
, s
);
10249 elfsec
= elf_shdrp
[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
10251 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
10252 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
10253 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
10254 where elfsec is 0. */
10257 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
10258 = get_elf_backend_data (s
->owner
);
10259 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
10260 bed
->link_order_error_handler
10261 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"), s
->owner
, s
);
10266 s
= elf_shdrp
[elfsec
]->bfd_section
;
10267 return s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
10272 /* Compare two sections based on the locations of the sections they are
10273 linked to. Used by elf_fixup_link_order. */
10276 compare_link_order (const void * a
, const void * b
)
10281 apos
= elf_get_linked_section_vma (*(struct bfd_link_order
**)a
);
10282 bpos
= elf_get_linked_section_vma (*(struct bfd_link_order
**)b
);
10285 return apos
> bpos
;
10289 /* Looks for sections with SHF_LINK_ORDER set. Rearranges them into the same
10290 order as their linked sections. Returns false if this could not be done
10291 because an output section includes both ordered and unordered
10292 sections. Ideally we'd do this in the linker proper. */
10295 elf_fixup_link_order (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*o
)
10297 int seen_linkorder
;
10300 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
10302 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10304 struct bfd_link_order
**sections
;
10305 asection
*s
, *other_sec
, *linkorder_sec
;
10309 linkorder_sec
= NULL
;
10311 seen_linkorder
= 0;
10312 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
10314 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
10316 s
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
10318 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
10319 && elf_elfheader (sub
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == bed
->s
->elfclass
10320 && (elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (sub
, s
))
10321 && elfsec
< elf_numsections (sub
)
10322 && elf_elfsections (sub
)[elfsec
]->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
10323 && elf_elfsections (sub
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
< elf_numsections (sub
))
10337 if (seen_other
&& seen_linkorder
)
10339 if (other_sec
&& linkorder_sec
)
10340 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%A has both ordered [`%A' in %B] and unordered [`%A' in %B] sections"),
10342 linkorder_sec
->owner
, other_sec
,
10345 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%A has both ordered and unordered sections"),
10347 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
10352 if (!seen_linkorder
)
10355 sections
= (struct bfd_link_order
**)
10356 bfd_malloc (seen_linkorder
* sizeof (struct bfd_link_order
*));
10357 if (sections
== NULL
)
10359 seen_linkorder
= 0;
10361 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
10363 sections
[seen_linkorder
++] = p
;
10365 /* Sort the input sections in the order of their linked section. */
10366 qsort (sections
, seen_linkorder
, sizeof (struct bfd_link_order
*),
10367 compare_link_order
);
10369 /* Change the offsets of the sections. */
10371 for (n
= 0; n
< seen_linkorder
; n
++)
10373 s
= sections
[n
]->u
.indirect
.section
;
10374 offset
&= ~(bfd_vma
) 0 << s
->alignment_power
;
10375 s
->output_offset
= offset
;
10376 sections
[n
]->offset
= offset
;
10377 /* FIXME: octets_per_byte. */
10378 offset
+= sections
[n
]->size
;
10386 elf_final_link_free (bfd
*obfd
, struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
)
10390 if (flinfo
->symstrtab
!= NULL
)
10391 _bfd_stringtab_free (flinfo
->symstrtab
);
10392 if (flinfo
->contents
!= NULL
)
10393 free (flinfo
->contents
);
10394 if (flinfo
->external_relocs
!= NULL
)
10395 free (flinfo
->external_relocs
);
10396 if (flinfo
->internal_relocs
!= NULL
)
10397 free (flinfo
->internal_relocs
);
10398 if (flinfo
->external_syms
!= NULL
)
10399 free (flinfo
->external_syms
);
10400 if (flinfo
->locsym_shndx
!= NULL
)
10401 free (flinfo
->locsym_shndx
);
10402 if (flinfo
->internal_syms
!= NULL
)
10403 free (flinfo
->internal_syms
);
10404 if (flinfo
->indices
!= NULL
)
10405 free (flinfo
->indices
);
10406 if (flinfo
->sections
!= NULL
)
10407 free (flinfo
->sections
);
10408 if (flinfo
->symbuf
!= NULL
)
10409 free (flinfo
->symbuf
);
10410 if (flinfo
->symshndxbuf
!= NULL
)
10411 free (flinfo
->symshndxbuf
);
10412 for (o
= obfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
10414 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
10415 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0 && esdo
->rel
.hashes
!= NULL
)
10416 free (esdo
->rel
.hashes
);
10417 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0 && esdo
->rela
.hashes
!= NULL
)
10418 free (esdo
->rela
.hashes
);
10422 /* Do the final step of an ELF link. */
10425 bfd_elf_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
10427 bfd_boolean dynamic
;
10428 bfd_boolean emit_relocs
;
10430 struct elf_final_link_info flinfo
;
10432 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
10434 bfd_size_type max_contents_size
;
10435 bfd_size_type max_external_reloc_size
;
10436 bfd_size_type max_internal_reloc_count
;
10437 bfd_size_type max_sym_count
;
10438 bfd_size_type max_sym_shndx_count
;
10440 Elf_Internal_Sym elfsym
;
10442 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
10443 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_shndx_hdr
;
10444 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symstrtab_hdr
;
10445 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10446 struct elf_outext_info eoinfo
;
10447 bfd_boolean merged
;
10448 size_t relativecount
= 0;
10449 asection
*reldyn
= 0;
10451 asection
*attr_section
= NULL
;
10452 bfd_vma attr_size
= 0;
10453 const char *std_attrs_section
;
10455 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
10459 abfd
->flags
|= DYNAMIC
;
10461 dynamic
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
10462 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
10464 emit_relocs
= (info
->relocatable
10465 || info
->emitrelocations
);
10467 flinfo
.info
= info
;
10468 flinfo
.output_bfd
= abfd
;
10469 flinfo
.symstrtab
= _bfd_elf_stringtab_init ();
10470 if (flinfo
.symstrtab
== NULL
)
10475 flinfo
.dynsym_sec
= NULL
;
10476 flinfo
.hash_sec
= NULL
;
10477 flinfo
.symver_sec
= NULL
;
10481 flinfo
.dynsym_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynsym");
10482 flinfo
.hash_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".hash");
10483 /* Note that dynsym_sec can be NULL (on VMS). */
10484 flinfo
.symver_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version");
10485 /* Note that it is OK if symver_sec is NULL. */
10488 flinfo
.contents
= NULL
;
10489 flinfo
.external_relocs
= NULL
;
10490 flinfo
.internal_relocs
= NULL
;
10491 flinfo
.external_syms
= NULL
;
10492 flinfo
.locsym_shndx
= NULL
;
10493 flinfo
.internal_syms
= NULL
;
10494 flinfo
.indices
= NULL
;
10495 flinfo
.sections
= NULL
;
10496 flinfo
.symbuf
= NULL
;
10497 flinfo
.symshndxbuf
= NULL
;
10498 flinfo
.symbuf_count
= 0;
10499 flinfo
.shndxbuf_size
= 0;
10500 flinfo
.filesym_count
= 0;
10502 /* The object attributes have been merged. Remove the input
10503 sections from the link, and set the contents of the output
10505 std_attrs_section
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->obj_attrs_section
;
10506 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
10508 if ((std_attrs_section
&& strcmp (o
->name
, std_attrs_section
) == 0)
10509 || strcmp (o
->name
, ".gnu.attributes") == 0)
10511 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
10513 asection
*input_section
;
10515 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
10517 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
10518 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
10519 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
10520 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
10523 attr_size
= bfd_elf_obj_attr_size (abfd
);
10526 bfd_set_section_size (abfd
, o
, attr_size
);
10528 /* Skip this section later on. */
10529 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
10532 o
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
10536 /* Count up the number of relocations we will output for each output
10537 section, so that we know the sizes of the reloc sections. We
10538 also figure out some maximum sizes. */
10539 max_contents_size
= 0;
10540 max_external_reloc_size
= 0;
10541 max_internal_reloc_count
= 0;
10543 max_sym_shndx_count
= 0;
10545 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
10547 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
10548 o
->reloc_count
= 0;
10550 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
10552 unsigned int reloc_count
= 0;
10553 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdi
= NULL
;
10555 if (p
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
10556 || p
->type
== bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order
)
10558 else if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
10562 sec
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
10563 esdi
= elf_section_data (sec
);
10565 /* Mark all sections which are to be included in the
10566 link. This will normally be every section. We need
10567 to do this so that we can identify any sections which
10568 the linker has decided to not include. */
10569 sec
->linker_mark
= TRUE
;
10571 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
10574 if (esdo
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
10575 || esdo
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
10576 /* Some backends use reloc_count in relocation sections
10577 to count particular types of relocs. Of course,
10578 reloc sections themselves can't have relocations. */
10580 else if (info
->relocatable
|| info
->emitrelocations
)
10581 reloc_count
= sec
->reloc_count
;
10582 else if (bed
->elf_backend_count_relocs
)
10583 reloc_count
= (*bed
->elf_backend_count_relocs
) (info
, sec
);
10585 if (sec
->rawsize
> max_contents_size
)
10586 max_contents_size
= sec
->rawsize
;
10587 if (sec
->size
> max_contents_size
)
10588 max_contents_size
= sec
->size
;
10590 /* We are interested in just local symbols, not all
10592 if (bfd_get_flavour (sec
->owner
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
10593 && (sec
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
10597 if (elf_bad_symtab (sec
->owner
))
10598 sym_count
= (elf_tdata (sec
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_size
10599 / bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
10601 sym_count
= elf_tdata (sec
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_info
;
10603 if (sym_count
> max_sym_count
)
10604 max_sym_count
= sym_count
;
10606 if (sym_count
> max_sym_shndx_count
10607 && elf_symtab_shndx (sec
->owner
) != 0)
10608 max_sym_shndx_count
= sym_count
;
10610 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
10612 size_t ext_size
= 0;
10614 if (esdi
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
)
10615 ext_size
= esdi
->rel
.hdr
->sh_size
;
10616 if (esdi
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
)
10617 ext_size
+= esdi
->rela
.hdr
->sh_size
;
10619 if (ext_size
> max_external_reloc_size
)
10620 max_external_reloc_size
= ext_size
;
10621 if (sec
->reloc_count
> max_internal_reloc_count
)
10622 max_internal_reloc_count
= sec
->reloc_count
;
10627 if (reloc_count
== 0)
10630 o
->reloc_count
+= reloc_count
;
10632 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
10633 && (info
->relocatable
|| info
->emitrelocations
))
10636 esdo
->rel
.count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdi
->rel
.hdr
);
10637 if (esdi
->rela
.hdr
)
10638 esdo
->rela
.count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdi
->rela
.hdr
);
10643 esdo
->rela
.count
+= reloc_count
;
10645 esdo
->rel
.count
+= reloc_count
;
10649 if (o
->reloc_count
> 0)
10650 o
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
10653 /* Explicitly clear the SEC_RELOC flag. The linker tends to
10654 set it (this is probably a bug) and if it is set
10655 assign_section_numbers will create a reloc section. */
10656 o
->flags
&=~ SEC_RELOC
;
10659 /* If the SEC_ALLOC flag is not set, force the section VMA to
10660 zero. This is done in elf_fake_sections as well, but forcing
10661 the VMA to 0 here will ensure that relocs against these
10662 sections are handled correctly. */
10663 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
10664 && ! o
->user_set_vma
)
10668 if (! info
->relocatable
&& merged
)
10669 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
10670 _bfd_elf_link_sec_merge_syms
, abfd
);
10672 /* Figure out the file positions for everything but the symbol table
10673 and the relocs. We set symcount to force assign_section_numbers
10674 to create a symbol table. */
10675 bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) = info
->strip
== strip_all
? 0 : 1;
10676 BFD_ASSERT (! abfd
->output_has_begun
);
10677 if (! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, info
))
10680 /* Set sizes, and assign file positions for reloc sections. */
10681 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
10683 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
10684 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
10687 && !(_bfd_elf_link_size_reloc_section (abfd
, &esdo
->rel
)))
10691 && !(_bfd_elf_link_size_reloc_section (abfd
, &esdo
->rela
)))
10695 /* Now, reset REL_COUNT and REL_COUNT2 so that we can use them
10696 to count upwards while actually outputting the relocations. */
10697 esdo
->rel
.count
= 0;
10698 esdo
->rela
.count
= 0;
10701 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd
);
10703 /* We have now assigned file positions for all the sections except
10704 .symtab and .strtab. We start the .symtab section at the current
10705 file position, and write directly to it. We build the .strtab
10706 section in memory. */
10707 bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) = 0;
10708 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
10709 /* sh_name is set in prep_headers. */
10710 symtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB
;
10711 /* sh_flags, sh_addr and sh_size all start off zero. */
10712 symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
10713 /* sh_link is set in assign_section_numbers. */
10714 /* sh_info is set below. */
10715 /* sh_offset is set just below. */
10716 symtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
10718 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
10719 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (symtab_hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
10721 /* Note that at this point elf_next_file_pos (abfd) is
10722 incorrect. We do not yet know the size of the .symtab section.
10723 We correct next_file_pos below, after we do know the size. */
10725 /* Allocate a buffer to hold swapped out symbols. This is to avoid
10726 continuously seeking to the right position in the file. */
10727 if (! info
->keep_memory
|| max_sym_count
< 20)
10728 flinfo
.symbuf_size
= 20;
10730 flinfo
.symbuf_size
= max_sym_count
;
10731 amt
= flinfo
.symbuf_size
;
10732 amt
*= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
10733 flinfo
.symbuf
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
10734 if (flinfo
.symbuf
== NULL
)
10736 if (elf_numsections (abfd
) > (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xFFFF))
10738 /* Wild guess at number of output symbols. realloc'd as needed. */
10739 amt
= 2 * max_sym_count
+ elf_numsections (abfd
) + 1000;
10740 flinfo
.shndxbuf_size
= amt
;
10741 amt
*= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
10742 flinfo
.symshndxbuf
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*) bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
10743 if (flinfo
.symshndxbuf
== NULL
)
10747 /* Start writing out the symbol table. The first symbol is always a
10749 if (info
->strip
!= strip_all
10752 elfsym
.st_value
= 0;
10753 elfsym
.st_size
= 0;
10754 elfsym
.st_info
= 0;
10755 elfsym
.st_other
= 0;
10756 elfsym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
10757 elfsym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
10758 if (elf_link_output_sym (&flinfo
, NULL
, &elfsym
, bfd_und_section_ptr
,
10763 /* Output a symbol for each section. We output these even if we are
10764 discarding local symbols, since they are used for relocs. These
10765 symbols have no names. We store the index of each one in the
10766 index field of the section, so that we can find it again when
10767 outputting relocs. */
10768 if (info
->strip
!= strip_all
10771 elfsym
.st_size
= 0;
10772 elfsym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10773 elfsym
.st_other
= 0;
10774 elfsym
.st_value
= 0;
10775 elfsym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
10776 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (abfd
); i
++)
10778 o
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, i
);
10781 o
->target_index
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
10782 elfsym
.st_shndx
= i
;
10783 if (!info
->relocatable
)
10784 elfsym
.st_value
= o
->vma
;
10785 if (elf_link_output_sym (&flinfo
, NULL
, &elfsym
, o
, NULL
) != 1)
10791 /* Allocate some memory to hold information read in from the input
10793 if (max_contents_size
!= 0)
10795 flinfo
.contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (max_contents_size
);
10796 if (flinfo
.contents
== NULL
)
10800 if (max_external_reloc_size
!= 0)
10802 flinfo
.external_relocs
= bfd_malloc (max_external_reloc_size
);
10803 if (flinfo
.external_relocs
== NULL
)
10807 if (max_internal_reloc_count
!= 0)
10809 amt
= max_internal_reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
10810 amt
*= sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
);
10811 flinfo
.internal_relocs
= (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
10812 if (flinfo
.internal_relocs
== NULL
)
10816 if (max_sym_count
!= 0)
10818 amt
= max_sym_count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
10819 flinfo
.external_syms
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
10820 if (flinfo
.external_syms
== NULL
)
10823 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
);
10824 flinfo
.internal_syms
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
10825 if (flinfo
.internal_syms
== NULL
)
10828 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (long);
10829 flinfo
.indices
= (long int *) bfd_malloc (amt
);
10830 if (flinfo
.indices
== NULL
)
10833 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
10834 flinfo
.sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
10835 if (flinfo
.sections
== NULL
)
10839 if (max_sym_shndx_count
!= 0)
10841 amt
= max_sym_shndx_count
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
10842 flinfo
.locsym_shndx
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
10843 if (flinfo
.locsym_shndx
== NULL
)
10847 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
)
10849 bfd_vma base
, end
= 0;
10852 for (sec
= elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
;
10853 sec
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
);
10856 bfd_size_type size
= sec
->size
;
10859 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
10861 struct bfd_link_order
*ord
= sec
->map_tail
.link_order
;
10864 size
= ord
->offset
+ ord
->size
;
10866 end
= sec
->vma
+ size
;
10868 base
= elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
;
10869 /* Only align end of TLS section if static TLS doesn't have special
10870 alignment requirements. */
10871 if (bed
->static_tls_alignment
== 1)
10872 end
= align_power (end
,
10873 elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->alignment_power
);
10874 elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_size
= end
- base
;
10877 /* Reorder SHF_LINK_ORDER sections. */
10878 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
10880 if (!elf_fixup_link_order (abfd
, o
))
10884 /* Since ELF permits relocations to be against local symbols, we
10885 must have the local symbols available when we do the relocations.
10886 Since we would rather only read the local symbols once, and we
10887 would rather not keep them in memory, we handle all the
10888 relocations for a single input file at the same time.
10890 Unfortunately, there is no way to know the total number of local
10891 symbols until we have seen all of them, and the local symbol
10892 indices precede the global symbol indices. This means that when
10893 we are generating relocatable output, and we see a reloc against
10894 a global symbol, we can not know the symbol index until we have
10895 finished examining all the local symbols to see which ones we are
10896 going to output. To deal with this, we keep the relocations in
10897 memory, and don't output them until the end of the link. This is
10898 an unfortunate waste of memory, but I don't see a good way around
10899 it. Fortunately, it only happens when performing a relocatable
10900 link, which is not the common case. FIXME: If keep_memory is set
10901 we could write the relocs out and then read them again; I don't
10902 know how bad the memory loss will be. */
10904 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link_next
)
10905 sub
->output_has_begun
= FALSE
;
10906 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
10908 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
10910 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
10911 && (bfd_get_flavour ((sub
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
->owner
))
10912 == bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
10913 && elf_elfheader (sub
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == bed
->s
->elfclass
)
10915 if (! sub
->output_has_begun
)
10917 if (! elf_link_input_bfd (&flinfo
, sub
))
10919 sub
->output_has_begun
= TRUE
;
10922 else if (p
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
10923 || p
->type
== bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order
)
10925 if (! elf_reloc_link_order (abfd
, info
, o
, p
))
10930 if (! _bfd_default_link_order (abfd
, info
, o
, p
))
10932 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
10933 && (bfd_get_flavour (sub
)
10934 == bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
10935 && (elf_elfheader (sub
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
10936 != bed
->s
->elfclass
))
10938 const char *iclass
, *oclass
;
10940 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS64
)
10942 iclass
= "ELFCLASS32";
10943 oclass
= "ELFCLASS64";
10947 iclass
= "ELFCLASS64";
10948 oclass
= "ELFCLASS32";
10951 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
10952 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
10953 (_("%B: file class %s incompatible with %s"),
10954 sub
, iclass
, oclass
);
10963 /* Free symbol buffer if needed. */
10964 if (!info
->reduce_memory_overheads
)
10966 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link_next
)
10967 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
10968 && elf_tdata (sub
)->symbuf
)
10970 free (elf_tdata (sub
)->symbuf
);
10971 elf_tdata (sub
)->symbuf
= NULL
;
10975 /* Output a FILE symbol so that following locals are not associated
10976 with the wrong input file. */
10977 memset (&elfsym
, 0, sizeof (elfsym
));
10978 elfsym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
10979 elfsym
.st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
10981 if (flinfo
.filesym_count
> 1
10982 && !elf_link_output_sym (&flinfo
, NULL
, &elfsym
,
10983 bfd_und_section_ptr
, NULL
))
10986 /* Output any global symbols that got converted to local in a
10987 version script or due to symbol visibility. We do this in a
10988 separate step since ELF requires all local symbols to appear
10989 prior to any global symbols. FIXME: We should only do this if
10990 some global symbols were, in fact, converted to become local.
10991 FIXME: Will this work correctly with the Irix 5 linker? */
10992 eoinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
10993 eoinfo
.flinfo
= &flinfo
;
10994 eoinfo
.localsyms
= TRUE
;
10995 eoinfo
.need_second_pass
= FALSE
;
10996 eoinfo
.second_pass
= FALSE
;
10997 bfd_hash_traverse (&info
->hash
->table
, elf_link_output_extsym
, &eoinfo
);
11001 if (flinfo
.filesym_count
== 1
11002 && !elf_link_output_sym (&flinfo
, NULL
, &elfsym
,
11003 bfd_und_section_ptr
, NULL
))
11006 if (eoinfo
.need_second_pass
)
11008 eoinfo
.second_pass
= TRUE
;
11009 bfd_hash_traverse (&info
->hash
->table
, elf_link_output_extsym
, &eoinfo
);
11014 /* If backend needs to output some local symbols not present in the hash
11015 table, do it now. */
11016 if (bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_local_syms
)
11018 typedef int (*out_sym_func
)
11019 (void *, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
*,
11020 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
11022 if (! ((*bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_local_syms
)
11023 (abfd
, info
, &flinfo
, (out_sym_func
) elf_link_output_sym
)))
11027 /* That wrote out all the local symbols. Finish up the symbol table
11028 with the global symbols. Even if we want to strip everything we
11029 can, we still need to deal with those global symbols that got
11030 converted to local in a version script. */
11032 /* The sh_info field records the index of the first non local symbol. */
11033 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
11036 && flinfo
.dynsym_sec
!= NULL
11037 && flinfo
.dynsym_sec
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
11039 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
11040 bfd_byte
*dynsym
= flinfo
.dynsym_sec
->contents
;
11041 long last_local
= 0;
11043 /* Write out the section symbols for the output sections. */
11044 if (info
->shared
|| elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
11050 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
11052 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
11054 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
11060 dynindx
= elf_section_data (s
)->dynindx
;
11063 indx
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
11064 BFD_ASSERT (indx
> 0);
11065 sym
.st_shndx
= indx
;
11066 if (! check_dynsym (abfd
, &sym
))
11068 sym
.st_value
= s
->vma
;
11069 dest
= dynsym
+ dynindx
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
11070 if (last_local
< dynindx
)
11071 last_local
= dynindx
;
11072 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, dest
, 0);
11076 /* Write out the local dynsyms. */
11077 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
)
11079 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*e
;
11080 for (e
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; e
; e
= e
->next
)
11085 /* Copy the internal symbol and turn off visibility.
11086 Note that we saved a word of storage and overwrote
11087 the original st_name with the dynstr_index. */
11089 sym
.st_other
&= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
11091 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (e
->input_bfd
,
11096 elf_section_data (s
->output_section
)->this_idx
;
11097 if (! check_dynsym (abfd
, &sym
))
11099 sym
.st_value
= (s
->output_section
->vma
11101 + e
->isym
.st_value
);
11104 if (last_local
< e
->dynindx
)
11105 last_local
= e
->dynindx
;
11107 dest
= dynsym
+ e
->dynindx
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
11108 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, dest
, 0);
11112 elf_section_data (flinfo
.dynsym_sec
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
=
11116 /* We get the global symbols from the hash table. */
11117 eoinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
11118 eoinfo
.localsyms
= FALSE
;
11119 eoinfo
.flinfo
= &flinfo
;
11120 bfd_hash_traverse (&info
->hash
->table
, elf_link_output_extsym
, &eoinfo
);
11124 /* If backend needs to output some symbols not present in the hash
11125 table, do it now. */
11126 if (bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_syms
)
11128 typedef int (*out_sym_func
)
11129 (void *, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
*,
11130 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
11132 if (! ((*bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_syms
)
11133 (abfd
, info
, &flinfo
, (out_sym_func
) elf_link_output_sym
)))
11137 /* Flush all symbols to the file. */
11138 if (! elf_link_flush_output_syms (&flinfo
, bed
))
11141 /* Now we know the size of the symtab section. */
11142 off
+= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
;
11144 symtab_shndx_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
11145 if (symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_name
!= 0)
11147 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
;
11148 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
11149 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_addralign
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
11150 amt
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
11151 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_size
= amt
;
11153 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (symtab_shndx_hdr
,
11156 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
11157 || (bfd_bwrite (flinfo
.symshndxbuf
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
))
11162 /* Finish up and write out the symbol string table (.strtab)
11164 symstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
11165 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
11166 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
11167 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
11168 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
11169 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_stringtab_size (flinfo
.symstrtab
);
11170 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
11171 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
11172 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
11173 /* sh_offset is set just below. */
11174 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
11176 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (symstrtab_hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
11177 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
11179 if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0)
11181 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, symstrtab_hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
11182 || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd
, flinfo
.symstrtab
))
11186 /* Adjust the relocs to have the correct symbol indices. */
11187 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11189 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
11190 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0)
11193 if (esdo
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
)
11194 elf_link_adjust_relocs (abfd
, &esdo
->rel
);
11195 if (esdo
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
)
11196 elf_link_adjust_relocs (abfd
, &esdo
->rela
);
11198 /* Set the reloc_count field to 0 to prevent write_relocs from
11199 trying to swap the relocs out itself. */
11200 o
->reloc_count
= 0;
11203 if (dynamic
&& info
->combreloc
&& dynobj
!= NULL
)
11204 relativecount
= elf_link_sort_relocs (abfd
, info
, &reldyn
);
11206 /* If we are linking against a dynamic object, or generating a
11207 shared library, finish up the dynamic linking information. */
11210 bfd_byte
*dyncon
, *dynconend
;
11212 /* Fix up .dynamic entries. */
11213 o
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
11214 BFD_ASSERT (o
!= NULL
);
11216 dyncon
= o
->contents
;
11217 dynconend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
11218 for (; dyncon
< dynconend
; dyncon
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
11220 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
11224 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, dyncon
, &dyn
);
11231 if (relativecount
> 0 && dyncon
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
< dynconend
)
11233 switch (elf_section_data (reldyn
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
11235 case SHT_REL
: dyn
.d_tag
= DT_RELCOUNT
; break;
11236 case SHT_RELA
: dyn
.d_tag
= DT_RELACOUNT
; break;
11239 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= relativecount
;
11246 name
= info
->init_function
;
11249 name
= info
->fini_function
;
11252 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11254 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
,
11255 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
11257 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
11258 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
11260 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
11261 o
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
11262 if (o
->output_section
!= NULL
)
11263 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
+= (o
->output_section
->vma
11264 + o
->output_offset
);
11267 /* The symbol is imported from another shared
11268 library and does not apply to this one. */
11269 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= 0;
11276 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
:
11277 name
= ".preinit_array";
11279 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
:
11280 name
= ".init_array";
11282 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
:
11283 name
= ".fini_array";
11285 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
11288 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
11289 (_("%B: could not find output section %s"), abfd
, name
);
11293 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
11294 (_("warning: %s section has zero size"), name
);
11295 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= o
->size
;
11298 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
:
11299 name
= ".preinit_array";
11301 case DT_INIT_ARRAY
:
11302 name
= ".init_array";
11304 case DT_FINI_ARRAY
:
11305 name
= ".fini_array";
11312 name
= ".gnu.hash";
11321 name
= ".gnu.version_d";
11324 name
= ".gnu.version_r";
11327 name
= ".gnu.version";
11329 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
11332 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
11333 (_("%B: could not find output section %s"), abfd
, name
);
11336 if (elf_section_data (o
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_NOTE
)
11338 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
11339 (_("warning: section '%s' is being made into a note"), name
);
11340 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
11343 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= o
->vma
;
11350 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_REL
|| dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RELSZ
)
11354 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= 0;
11355 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= 0;
11356 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (abfd
); i
++)
11358 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
11360 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
11361 if (hdr
->sh_type
== type
11362 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
11364 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RELSZ
|| dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RELASZ
)
11365 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
+= hdr
->sh_size
;
11368 if (dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
== 0
11369 || hdr
->sh_addr
< dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
)
11370 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= hdr
->sh_addr
;
11376 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_out (dynobj
, &dyn
, dyncon
);
11380 /* If we have created any dynamic sections, then output them. */
11381 if (dynobj
!= NULL
)
11383 if (! (*bed
->elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections
) (abfd
, info
))
11386 /* Check for DT_TEXTREL (late, in case the backend removes it). */
11387 if (((info
->warn_shared_textrel
&& info
->shared
)
11388 || info
->error_textrel
)
11389 && (o
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic")) != NULL
)
11391 bfd_byte
*dyncon
, *dynconend
;
11393 dyncon
= o
->contents
;
11394 dynconend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
11395 for (; dyncon
< dynconend
; dyncon
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
11397 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
11399 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, dyncon
, &dyn
);
11401 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_TEXTREL
)
11403 if (info
->error_textrel
)
11404 info
->callbacks
->einfo
11405 (_("%P%X: read-only segment has dynamic relocations.\n"));
11407 info
->callbacks
->einfo
11408 (_("%P: warning: creating a DT_TEXTREL in a shared object.\n"));
11414 for (o
= dynobj
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11416 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0
11418 || o
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
11420 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
11422 /* At this point, we are only interested in sections
11423 created by _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections. */
11426 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->stab_info
.stabstr
== o
)
11428 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->eh_info
.hdr_sec
== o
)
11430 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".dynstr") != 0)
11432 /* FIXME: octets_per_byte. */
11433 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, o
->output_section
,
11435 (file_ptr
) o
->output_offset
,
11441 /* The contents of the .dynstr section are actually in a
11443 off
= elf_section_data (o
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_offset
;
11444 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, off
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
11445 || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
,
11446 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
))
11452 if (info
->relocatable
)
11454 bfd_boolean failed
= FALSE
;
11456 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bfd_elf_set_group_contents
, &failed
);
11461 /* If we have optimized stabs strings, output them. */
11462 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->stab_info
.stabstr
!= NULL
)
11464 if (! _bfd_write_stab_strings (abfd
, &elf_hash_table (info
)->stab_info
))
11468 if (! _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
, info
))
11471 elf_final_link_free (abfd
, &flinfo
);
11473 elf_linker (abfd
) = TRUE
;
11477 bfd_byte
*contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (attr_size
);
11478 if (contents
== NULL
)
11479 return FALSE
; /* Bail out and fail. */
11480 bfd_elf_set_obj_attr_contents (abfd
, contents
, attr_size
);
11481 bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, attr_section
, contents
, 0, attr_size
);
11488 elf_final_link_free (abfd
, &flinfo
);
11492 /* Initialize COOKIE for input bfd ABFD. */
11495 init_reloc_cookie (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
11496 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
)
11498 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
11499 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
11501 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11502 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
11504 cookie
->abfd
= abfd
;
11505 cookie
->sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
11506 cookie
->bad_symtab
= elf_bad_symtab (abfd
);
11507 if (cookie
->bad_symtab
)
11509 cookie
->locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
11510 cookie
->extsymoff
= 0;
11514 cookie
->locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
11515 cookie
->extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
11518 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
11519 cookie
->r_sym_shift
= 8;
11521 cookie
->r_sym_shift
= 32;
11523 cookie
->locsyms
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
11524 if (cookie
->locsyms
== NULL
&& cookie
->locsymcount
!= 0)
11526 cookie
->locsyms
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
11527 cookie
->locsymcount
, 0,
11529 if (cookie
->locsyms
== NULL
)
11531 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%P%X: can not read symbols: %E\n"));
11534 if (info
->keep_memory
)
11535 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) cookie
->locsyms
;
11540 /* Free the memory allocated by init_reloc_cookie, if appropriate. */
11543 fini_reloc_cookie (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
, bfd
*abfd
)
11545 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
11547 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
11548 if (cookie
->locsyms
!= NULL
11549 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) cookie
->locsyms
)
11550 free (cookie
->locsyms
);
11553 /* Initialize the relocation information in COOKIE for input section SEC
11554 of input bfd ABFD. */
11557 init_reloc_cookie_rels (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
11558 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
,
11561 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
11563 if (sec
->reloc_count
== 0)
11565 cookie
->rels
= NULL
;
11566 cookie
->relend
= NULL
;
11570 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11572 cookie
->rels
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
11573 info
->keep_memory
);
11574 if (cookie
->rels
== NULL
)
11576 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
11577 cookie
->relend
= (cookie
->rels
11578 + sec
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
11580 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
11584 /* Free the memory allocated by init_reloc_cookie_rels,
11588 fini_reloc_cookie_rels (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
11591 if (cookie
->rels
&& elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= cookie
->rels
)
11592 free (cookie
->rels
);
11595 /* Initialize the whole of COOKIE for input section SEC. */
11598 init_reloc_cookie_for_section (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
11599 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
11602 if (!init_reloc_cookie (cookie
, info
, sec
->owner
))
11604 if (!init_reloc_cookie_rels (cookie
, info
, sec
->owner
, sec
))
11609 fini_reloc_cookie (cookie
, sec
->owner
);
11614 /* Free the memory allocated by init_reloc_cookie_for_section,
11618 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
11621 fini_reloc_cookie_rels (cookie
, sec
);
11622 fini_reloc_cookie (cookie
, sec
->owner
);
11625 /* Garbage collect unused sections. */
11627 /* Default gc_mark_hook. */
11630 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
11631 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
11632 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
11633 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
11634 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
11636 const char *sec_name
;
11640 switch (h
->root
.type
)
11642 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
11643 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
11644 return h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
11646 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
11647 return h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
11649 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
11650 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
11651 /* To work around a glibc bug, keep all XXX input sections
11652 when there is an as yet undefined reference to __start_XXX
11653 or __stop_XXX symbols. The linker will later define such
11654 symbols for orphan input sections that have a name
11655 representable as a C identifier. */
11656 if (strncmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__start_", 8) == 0)
11657 sec_name
= h
->root
.root
.string
+ 8;
11658 else if (strncmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__stop_", 7) == 0)
11659 sec_name
= h
->root
.root
.string
+ 7;
11663 if (sec_name
&& *sec_name
!= '\0')
11667 for (i
= info
->input_bfds
; i
; i
= i
->link_next
)
11669 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (i
, sec_name
);
11671 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
11681 return bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec
->owner
, sym
->st_shndx
);
11686 /* COOKIE->rel describes a relocation against section SEC, which is
11687 a section we've decided to keep. Return the section that contains
11688 the relocation symbol, or NULL if no section contains it. */
11691 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_rsec (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*sec
,
11692 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
,
11693 struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
)
11695 unsigned long r_symndx
;
11696 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11698 r_symndx
= cookie
->rel
->r_info
>> cookie
->r_sym_shift
;
11699 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
11702 if (r_symndx
>= cookie
->locsymcount
11703 || ELF_ST_BIND (cookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
].st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
11705 h
= cookie
->sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- cookie
->extsymoff
];
11706 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
11707 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
11708 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
11710 /* If this symbol is weak and there is a non-weak definition, we
11711 keep the non-weak definition because many backends put
11712 dynamic reloc info on the non-weak definition for code
11713 handling copy relocs. */
11714 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
)
11715 h
->u
.weakdef
->mark
= 1;
11716 return (*gc_mark_hook
) (sec
, info
, cookie
->rel
, h
, NULL
);
11719 return (*gc_mark_hook
) (sec
, info
, cookie
->rel
, NULL
,
11720 &cookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
]);
11723 /* COOKIE->rel describes a relocation against section SEC, which is
11724 a section we've decided to keep. Mark the section that contains
11725 the relocation symbol. */
11728 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_reloc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
11730 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
,
11731 struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
)
11735 rsec
= _bfd_elf_gc_mark_rsec (info
, sec
, gc_mark_hook
, cookie
);
11736 if (rsec
&& !rsec
->gc_mark
)
11738 if (bfd_get_flavour (rsec
->owner
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
11739 || (rsec
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
11741 else if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, rsec
, gc_mark_hook
))
11747 /* The mark phase of garbage collection. For a given section, mark
11748 it and any sections in this section's group, and all the sections
11749 which define symbols to which it refers. */
11752 _bfd_elf_gc_mark (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
11754 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
)
11757 asection
*group_sec
, *eh_frame
;
11761 /* Mark all the sections in the group. */
11762 group_sec
= elf_section_data (sec
)->next_in_group
;
11763 if (group_sec
&& !group_sec
->gc_mark
)
11764 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, group_sec
, gc_mark_hook
))
11767 /* Look through the section relocs. */
11769 eh_frame
= elf_eh_frame_section (sec
->owner
);
11770 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0
11771 && sec
->reloc_count
> 0
11772 && sec
!= eh_frame
)
11774 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
11776 if (!init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, sec
))
11780 for (; cookie
.rel
< cookie
.relend
; cookie
.rel
++)
11781 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark_reloc (info
, sec
, gc_mark_hook
, &cookie
))
11786 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, sec
);
11790 if (ret
&& eh_frame
&& elf_fde_list (sec
))
11792 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
11794 if (!init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, eh_frame
))
11798 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark_fdes (info
, sec
, eh_frame
,
11799 gc_mark_hook
, &cookie
))
11801 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, eh_frame
);
11808 /* Keep debug and special sections. */
11811 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_extra_sections (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
11812 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn mark_hook ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
11816 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link_next
)
11819 bfd_boolean some_kept
;
11821 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
11824 /* Ensure all linker created sections are kept, and see whether
11825 any other section is already marked. */
11827 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
11829 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
11831 else if (isec
->gc_mark
)
11835 /* If no section in this file will be kept, then we can
11836 toss out debug sections. */
11840 /* Keep debug and special sections like .comment when they are
11841 not part of a group, or when we have single-member groups. */
11842 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
11843 if ((elf_next_in_group (isec
) == NULL
11844 || elf_next_in_group (isec
) == isec
)
11845 && ((isec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0
11846 || (isec
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_RELOC
)) == 0))
11852 /* Sweep symbols in swept sections. Called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
11854 struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info
11856 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
11857 void (*hide_symbol
) (struct bfd_link_info
*, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*,
11862 elf_gc_sweep_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
11865 && (((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
11866 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
11867 && !(h
->def_regular
11868 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->gc_mark
))
11869 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
11870 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
11872 struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info
*inf
;
11874 inf
= (struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info
*) data
;
11875 (*inf
->hide_symbol
) (inf
->info
, h
, TRUE
);
11876 h
->def_regular
= 0;
11877 h
->ref_regular
= 0;
11878 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 0;
11884 /* The sweep phase of garbage collection. Remove all garbage sections. */
11886 typedef bfd_boolean (*gc_sweep_hook_fn
)
11887 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, asection
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
11890 elf_gc_sweep (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11893 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11894 gc_sweep_hook_fn gc_sweep_hook
= bed
->gc_sweep_hook
;
11895 unsigned long section_sym_count
;
11896 struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info sweep_info
;
11898 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link_next
)
11902 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
11905 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11907 /* When any section in a section group is kept, we keep all
11908 sections in the section group. If the first member of
11909 the section group is excluded, we will also exclude the
11911 if (o
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
11913 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (o
);
11914 o
->gc_mark
= first
->gc_mark
;
11920 /* Skip sweeping sections already excluded. */
11921 if (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
)
11924 /* Since this is early in the link process, it is simple
11925 to remove a section from the output. */
11926 o
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
11928 if (info
->print_gc_sections
&& o
->size
!= 0)
11929 _bfd_error_handler (_("Removing unused section '%s' in file '%B'"), sub
, o
->name
);
11931 /* But we also have to update some of the relocation
11932 info we collected before. */
11934 && (o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0
11935 && o
->reloc_count
> 0
11936 && !bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
11938 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
11942 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (o
->owner
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
11943 info
->keep_memory
);
11944 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
11947 r
= (*gc_sweep_hook
) (o
->owner
, info
, o
, internal_relocs
);
11949 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
11950 free (internal_relocs
);
11958 /* Remove the symbols that were in the swept sections from the dynamic
11959 symbol table. GCFIXME: Anyone know how to get them out of the
11960 static symbol table as well? */
11961 sweep_info
.info
= info
;
11962 sweep_info
.hide_symbol
= bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
;
11963 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), elf_gc_sweep_symbol
,
11966 _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (abfd
, info
, §ion_sym_count
);
11970 /* Propagate collected vtable information. This is called through
11971 elf_link_hash_traverse. */
11974 elf_gc_propagate_vtable_entries_used (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *okp
)
11976 /* Those that are not vtables. */
11977 if (h
->vtable
== NULL
|| h
->vtable
->parent
== NULL
)
11980 /* Those vtables that do not have parents, we cannot merge. */
11981 if (h
->vtable
->parent
== (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) -1)
11984 /* If we've already been done, exit. */
11985 if (h
->vtable
->used
&& h
->vtable
->used
[-1])
11988 /* Make sure the parent's table is up to date. */
11989 elf_gc_propagate_vtable_entries_used (h
->vtable
->parent
, okp
);
11991 if (h
->vtable
->used
== NULL
)
11993 /* None of this table's entries were referenced. Re-use the
11995 h
->vtable
->used
= h
->vtable
->parent
->vtable
->used
;
11996 h
->vtable
->size
= h
->vtable
->parent
->vtable
->size
;
12001 bfd_boolean
*cu
, *pu
;
12003 /* Or the parent's entries into ours. */
12004 cu
= h
->vtable
->used
;
12006 pu
= h
->vtable
->parent
->vtable
->used
;
12009 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
12010 unsigned int log_file_align
;
12012 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
);
12013 log_file_align
= bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
12014 n
= h
->vtable
->parent
->vtable
->size
>> log_file_align
;
12029 elf_gc_smash_unused_vtentry_relocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *okp
)
12032 bfd_vma hstart
, hend
;
12033 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *relend
, *rel
;
12034 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
12035 unsigned int log_file_align
;
12037 /* Take care of both those symbols that do not describe vtables as
12038 well as those that are not loaded. */
12039 if (h
->vtable
== NULL
|| h
->vtable
->parent
== NULL
)
12042 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
12043 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
12045 sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
12046 hstart
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
12047 hend
= hstart
+ h
->size
;
12049 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (sec
->owner
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
, TRUE
);
12051 return *(bfd_boolean
*) okp
= FALSE
;
12052 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (sec
->owner
);
12053 log_file_align
= bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
12055 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
12057 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; ++rel
)
12058 if (rel
->r_offset
>= hstart
&& rel
->r_offset
< hend
)
12060 /* If the entry is in use, do nothing. */
12061 if (h
->vtable
->used
12062 && (rel
->r_offset
- hstart
) < h
->vtable
->size
)
12064 bfd_vma entry
= (rel
->r_offset
- hstart
) >> log_file_align
;
12065 if (h
->vtable
->used
[entry
])
12068 /* Otherwise, kill it. */
12069 rel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_info
= rel
->r_addend
= 0;
12075 /* Mark sections containing dynamically referenced symbols. When
12076 building shared libraries, we must assume that any visible symbol is
12080 bfd_elf_gc_mark_dynamic_ref_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
12082 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
;
12084 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
12085 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
12087 || ((!info
->executable
|| info
->export_dynamic
)
12089 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_INTERNAL
12090 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_HIDDEN
12091 && (strchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
) != NULL
12092 || !bfd_hide_sym_by_version (info
->version_info
,
12093 h
->root
.root
.string
)))))
12094 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
12099 /* Keep all sections containing symbols undefined on the command-line,
12100 and the section containing the entry symbol. */
12103 _bfd_elf_gc_keep (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12105 struct bfd_sym_chain
*sym
;
12107 for (sym
= info
->gc_sym_list
; sym
!= NULL
; sym
= sym
->next
)
12109 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
12111 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), sym
->name
,
12112 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
12115 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
12116 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
12117 && !bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
))
12118 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
12122 /* Do mark and sweep of unused sections. */
12125 bfd_elf_gc_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12127 bfd_boolean ok
= TRUE
;
12129 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
;
12130 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12132 if (!bed
->can_gc_sections
12133 || !is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
12135 (*_bfd_error_handler
)(_("Warning: gc-sections option ignored"));
12139 bed
->gc_keep (info
);
12141 /* Try to parse each bfd's .eh_frame section. Point elf_eh_frame_section
12142 at the .eh_frame section if we can mark the FDEs individually. */
12143 _bfd_elf_begin_eh_frame_parsing (info
);
12144 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link_next
)
12147 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
12149 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (sub
, ".eh_frame");
12150 while (sec
&& init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, sec
))
12152 _bfd_elf_parse_eh_frame (sub
, info
, sec
, &cookie
);
12153 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
12154 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
12155 elf_eh_frame_section (sub
) = sec
;
12156 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, sec
);
12157 sec
= bfd_get_next_section_by_name (sec
);
12160 _bfd_elf_end_eh_frame_parsing (info
);
12162 /* Apply transitive closure to the vtable entry usage info. */
12163 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
12164 elf_gc_propagate_vtable_entries_used
,
12169 /* Kill the vtable relocations that were not used. */
12170 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
12171 elf_gc_smash_unused_vtentry_relocs
,
12176 /* Mark dynamically referenced symbols. */
12177 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
12178 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
12179 bed
->gc_mark_dynamic_ref
,
12182 /* Grovel through relocs to find out who stays ... */
12183 gc_mark_hook
= bed
->gc_mark_hook
;
12184 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link_next
)
12188 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
12191 /* Start at sections marked with SEC_KEEP (ref _bfd_elf_gc_keep).
12192 Also treat note sections as a root, if the section is not part
12194 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12196 && (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
12197 && ((o
->flags
& SEC_KEEP
) != 0
12198 || (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_NOTE
12199 && elf_next_in_group (o
) == NULL
)))
12201 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, o
, gc_mark_hook
))
12206 /* Allow the backend to mark additional target specific sections. */
12207 bed
->gc_mark_extra_sections (info
, gc_mark_hook
);
12209 /* ... and mark SEC_EXCLUDE for those that go. */
12210 return elf_gc_sweep (abfd
, info
);
12213 /* Called from check_relocs to record the existence of a VTINHERIT reloc. */
12216 bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (bfd
*abfd
,
12218 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
12221 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
, **sym_hashes_end
;
12222 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**search
, *child
;
12223 bfd_size_type extsymcount
;
12224 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12226 /* The sh_info field of the symtab header tells us where the
12227 external symbols start. We don't care about the local symbols at
12229 extsymcount
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
12230 if (!elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
12231 extsymcount
-= elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_info
;
12233 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
12234 sym_hashes_end
= sym_hashes
+ extsymcount
;
12236 /* Hunt down the child symbol, which is in this section at the same
12237 offset as the relocation. */
12238 for (search
= sym_hashes
; search
!= sym_hashes_end
; ++search
)
12240 if ((child
= *search
) != NULL
12241 && (child
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
12242 || child
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
12243 && child
->root
.u
.def
.section
== sec
12244 && child
->root
.u
.def
.value
== offset
)
12248 (*_bfd_error_handler
) ("%B: %A+%lu: No symbol found for INHERIT",
12249 abfd
, sec
, (unsigned long) offset
);
12250 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
12254 if (!child
->vtable
)
12256 child
->vtable
= (struct elf_link_virtual_table_entry
*)
12257 bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*child
->vtable
));
12258 if (!child
->vtable
)
12263 /* This *should* only be the absolute section. It could potentially
12264 be that someone has defined a non-global vtable though, which
12265 would be bad. It isn't worth paging in the local symbols to be
12266 sure though; that case should simply be handled by the assembler. */
12268 child
->vtable
->parent
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) -1;
12271 child
->vtable
->parent
= h
;
12276 /* Called from check_relocs to record the existence of a VTENTRY reloc. */
12279 bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12280 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12281 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
12284 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12285 unsigned int log_file_align
= bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
12289 h
->vtable
= (struct elf_link_virtual_table_entry
*)
12290 bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*h
->vtable
));
12295 if (addend
>= h
->vtable
->size
)
12297 size_t size
, bytes
, file_align
;
12298 bfd_boolean
*ptr
= h
->vtable
->used
;
12300 /* While the symbol is undefined, we have to be prepared to handle
12302 file_align
= 1 << log_file_align
;
12303 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
12304 size
= addend
+ file_align
;
12308 if (addend
>= size
)
12310 /* Oops! We've got a reference past the defined end of
12311 the table. This is probably a bug -- shall we warn? */
12312 size
= addend
+ file_align
;
12315 size
= (size
+ file_align
- 1) & -file_align
;
12317 /* Allocate one extra entry for use as a "done" flag for the
12318 consolidation pass. */
12319 bytes
= ((size
>> log_file_align
) + 1) * sizeof (bfd_boolean
);
12323 ptr
= (bfd_boolean
*) bfd_realloc (ptr
- 1, bytes
);
12329 oldbytes
= (((h
->vtable
->size
>> log_file_align
) + 1)
12330 * sizeof (bfd_boolean
));
12331 memset (((char *) ptr
) + oldbytes
, 0, bytes
- oldbytes
);
12335 ptr
= (bfd_boolean
*) bfd_zmalloc (bytes
);
12340 /* And arrange for that done flag to be at index -1. */
12341 h
->vtable
->used
= ptr
+ 1;
12342 h
->vtable
->size
= size
;
12345 h
->vtable
->used
[addend
>> log_file_align
] = TRUE
;
12350 /* Map an ELF section header flag to its corresponding string. */
12354 flagword flag_value
;
12355 } elf_flags_to_name_table
;
12357 static elf_flags_to_name_table elf_flags_to_names
[] =
12359 { "SHF_WRITE", SHF_WRITE
},
12360 { "SHF_ALLOC", SHF_ALLOC
},
12361 { "SHF_EXECINSTR", SHF_EXECINSTR
},
12362 { "SHF_MERGE", SHF_MERGE
},
12363 { "SHF_STRINGS", SHF_STRINGS
},
12364 { "SHF_INFO_LINK", SHF_INFO_LINK
},
12365 { "SHF_LINK_ORDER", SHF_LINK_ORDER
},
12366 { "SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING", SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING
},
12367 { "SHF_GROUP", SHF_GROUP
},
12368 { "SHF_TLS", SHF_TLS
},
12369 { "SHF_MASKOS", SHF_MASKOS
},
12370 { "SHF_EXCLUDE", SHF_EXCLUDE
},
12373 /* Returns TRUE if the section is to be included, otherwise FALSE. */
12375 bfd_elf_lookup_section_flags (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12376 struct flag_info
*flaginfo
,
12379 const bfd_vma sh_flags
= elf_section_flags (section
);
12381 if (!flaginfo
->flags_initialized
)
12383 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
12384 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
12385 struct flag_info_list
*tf
= flaginfo
->flag_list
;
12387 int without_hex
= 0;
12389 for (tf
= flaginfo
->flag_list
; tf
!= NULL
; tf
= tf
->next
)
12392 flagword (*lookup
) (char *);
12394 lookup
= bed
->elf_backend_lookup_section_flags_hook
;
12395 if (lookup
!= NULL
)
12397 flagword hexval
= (*lookup
) ((char *) tf
->name
);
12401 if (tf
->with
== with_flags
)
12402 with_hex
|= hexval
;
12403 else if (tf
->with
== without_flags
)
12404 without_hex
|= hexval
;
12409 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (elf_flags_to_names
); ++i
)
12411 if (strcmp (tf
->name
, elf_flags_to_names
[i
].flag_name
) == 0)
12413 if (tf
->with
== with_flags
)
12414 with_hex
|= elf_flags_to_names
[i
].flag_value
;
12415 else if (tf
->with
== without_flags
)
12416 without_hex
|= elf_flags_to_names
[i
].flag_value
;
12423 info
->callbacks
->einfo
12424 (_("Unrecognized INPUT_SECTION_FLAG %s\n"), tf
->name
);
12428 flaginfo
->flags_initialized
= TRUE
;
12429 flaginfo
->only_with_flags
|= with_hex
;
12430 flaginfo
->not_with_flags
|= without_hex
;
12433 if ((flaginfo
->only_with_flags
& sh_flags
) != flaginfo
->only_with_flags
)
12436 if ((flaginfo
->not_with_flags
& sh_flags
) != 0)
12442 struct alloc_got_off_arg
{
12444 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
12447 /* We need a special top-level link routine to convert got reference counts
12448 to real got offsets. */
12451 elf_gc_allocate_got_offsets (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *arg
)
12453 struct alloc_got_off_arg
*gofarg
= (struct alloc_got_off_arg
*) arg
;
12454 bfd
*obfd
= gofarg
->info
->output_bfd
;
12455 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
12457 if (h
->got
.refcount
> 0)
12459 h
->got
.offset
= gofarg
->gotoff
;
12460 gofarg
->gotoff
+= bed
->got_elt_size (obfd
, gofarg
->info
, h
, NULL
, 0);
12463 h
->got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
12468 /* And an accompanying bit to work out final got entry offsets once
12469 we're done. Should be called from final_link. */
12472 bfd_elf_gc_common_finalize_got_offsets (bfd
*abfd
,
12473 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12476 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12478 struct alloc_got_off_arg gofarg
;
12480 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
== info
->output_bfd
);
12482 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
12485 /* The GOT offset is relative to the .got section, but the GOT header is
12486 put into the .got.plt section, if the backend uses it. */
12487 if (bed
->want_got_plt
)
12490 gotoff
= bed
->got_header_size
;
12492 /* Do the local .got entries first. */
12493 for (i
= info
->input_bfds
; i
; i
= i
->link_next
)
12495 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got
;
12496 bfd_size_type j
, locsymcount
;
12497 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
12499 if (bfd_get_flavour (i
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
12502 local_got
= elf_local_got_refcounts (i
);
12506 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (i
)->symtab_hdr
;
12507 if (elf_bad_symtab (i
))
12508 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
12510 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
12512 for (j
= 0; j
< locsymcount
; ++j
)
12514 if (local_got
[j
] > 0)
12516 local_got
[j
] = gotoff
;
12517 gotoff
+= bed
->got_elt_size (abfd
, info
, NULL
, i
, j
);
12520 local_got
[j
] = (bfd_vma
) -1;
12524 /* Then the global .got entries. .plt refcounts are handled by
12525 adjust_dynamic_symbol */
12526 gofarg
.gotoff
= gotoff
;
12527 gofarg
.info
= info
;
12528 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
12529 elf_gc_allocate_got_offsets
,
12534 /* Many folk need no more in the way of final link than this, once
12535 got entry reference counting is enabled. */
12538 bfd_elf_gc_common_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12540 if (!bfd_elf_gc_common_finalize_got_offsets (abfd
, info
))
12543 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
12544 return bfd_elf_final_link (abfd
, info
);
12548 bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (bfd_vma offset
, void *cookie
)
12550 struct elf_reloc_cookie
*rcookie
= (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*) cookie
;
12552 if (rcookie
->bad_symtab
)
12553 rcookie
->rel
= rcookie
->rels
;
12555 for (; rcookie
->rel
< rcookie
->relend
; rcookie
->rel
++)
12557 unsigned long r_symndx
;
12559 if (! rcookie
->bad_symtab
)
12560 if (rcookie
->rel
->r_offset
> offset
)
12562 if (rcookie
->rel
->r_offset
!= offset
)
12565 r_symndx
= rcookie
->rel
->r_info
>> rcookie
->r_sym_shift
;
12566 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
12569 if (r_symndx
>= rcookie
->locsymcount
12570 || ELF_ST_BIND (rcookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
].st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
12572 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
12574 h
= rcookie
->sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- rcookie
->extsymoff
];
12576 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
12577 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
12578 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
12580 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
12581 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
12582 && discarded_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
))
12589 /* It's not a relocation against a global symbol,
12590 but it could be a relocation against a local
12591 symbol for a discarded section. */
12593 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
12595 /* Need to: get the symbol; get the section. */
12596 isym
= &rcookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
];
12597 isec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (rcookie
->abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
12598 if (isec
!= NULL
&& discarded_section (isec
))
12606 /* Discard unneeded references to discarded sections.
12607 Returns TRUE if any section's size was changed. */
12608 /* This function assumes that the relocations are in sorted order,
12609 which is true for all known assemblers. */
12612 bfd_elf_discard_info (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12614 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
12615 asection
*stab
, *eh
;
12616 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
12618 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
12620 if (info
->traditional_format
12621 || !is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
12624 _bfd_elf_begin_eh_frame_parsing (info
);
12625 for (abfd
= info
->input_bfds
; abfd
!= NULL
; abfd
= abfd
->link_next
)
12627 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
12630 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12633 if (!info
->relocatable
)
12635 eh
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".eh_frame");
12638 || bfd_is_abs_section (eh
->output_section
)))
12639 eh
= bfd_get_next_section_by_name (eh
);
12642 stab
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".stab");
12644 && (stab
->size
== 0
12645 || bfd_is_abs_section (stab
->output_section
)
12646 || stab
->sec_info_type
!= SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
))
12651 && bed
->elf_backend_discard_info
== NULL
)
12654 if (!init_reloc_cookie (&cookie
, info
, abfd
))
12658 && stab
->reloc_count
> 0
12659 && init_reloc_cookie_rels (&cookie
, info
, abfd
, stab
))
12661 if (_bfd_discard_section_stabs (abfd
, stab
,
12662 elf_section_data (stab
)->sec_info
,
12663 bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p
,
12666 fini_reloc_cookie_rels (&cookie
, stab
);
12670 && init_reloc_cookie_rels (&cookie
, info
, abfd
, eh
))
12672 _bfd_elf_parse_eh_frame (abfd
, info
, eh
, &cookie
);
12673 if (_bfd_elf_discard_section_eh_frame (abfd
, info
, eh
,
12674 bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p
,
12677 fini_reloc_cookie_rels (&cookie
, eh
);
12678 eh
= bfd_get_next_section_by_name (eh
);
12681 if (bed
->elf_backend_discard_info
!= NULL
12682 && (*bed
->elf_backend_discard_info
) (abfd
, &cookie
, info
))
12685 fini_reloc_cookie (&cookie
, abfd
);
12687 _bfd_elf_end_eh_frame_parsing (info
);
12689 if (info
->eh_frame_hdr
12690 && !info
->relocatable
12691 && _bfd_elf_discard_section_eh_frame_hdr (output_bfd
, info
))
12698 _bfd_elf_section_already_linked (bfd
*abfd
,
12700 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12703 const char *name
, *key
;
12704 struct bfd_section_already_linked
*l
;
12705 struct bfd_section_already_linked_hash_entry
*already_linked_list
;
12707 if (sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
12710 flags
= sec
->flags
;
12712 /* Return if it isn't a linkonce section. A comdat group section
12713 also has SEC_LINK_ONCE set. */
12714 if ((flags
& SEC_LINK_ONCE
) == 0)
12717 /* Don't put group member sections on our list of already linked
12718 sections. They are handled as a group via their group section. */
12719 if (elf_sec_group (sec
) != NULL
)
12722 /* For a SHT_GROUP section, use the group signature as the key. */
12724 if ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0
12725 && elf_next_in_group (sec
) != NULL
12726 && elf_group_name (elf_next_in_group (sec
)) != NULL
)
12727 key
= elf_group_name (elf_next_in_group (sec
));
12730 /* Otherwise we should have a .gnu.linkonce.<type>.<key> section. */
12731 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.linkonce.")
12732 && (key
= strchr (name
+ sizeof (".gnu.linkonce.") - 1, '.')) != NULL
)
12735 /* Must be a user linkonce section that doesn't follow gcc's
12736 naming convention. In this case we won't be matching
12737 single member groups. */
12741 already_linked_list
= bfd_section_already_linked_table_lookup (key
);
12743 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
12745 /* We may have 2 different types of sections on the list: group
12746 sections with a signature of <key> (<key> is some string),
12747 and linkonce sections named .gnu.linkonce.<type>.<key>.
12748 Match like sections. LTO plugin sections are an exception.
12749 They are always named .gnu.linkonce.t.<key> and match either
12750 type of section. */
12751 if (((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == (l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
12752 && ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0
12753 || strcmp (name
, l
->sec
->name
) == 0))
12754 || (l
->sec
->owner
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
12756 /* The section has already been linked. See if we should
12757 issue a warning. */
12758 if (!_bfd_handle_already_linked (sec
, l
, info
))
12761 if (flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
12763 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
12764 asection
*s
= first
;
12768 s
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
12769 /* Record which group discards it. */
12770 s
->kept_section
= l
->sec
;
12771 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
12772 /* These lists are circular. */
12782 /* A single member comdat group section may be discarded by a
12783 linkonce section and vice versa. */
12784 if ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
12786 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
12788 if (first
!= NULL
&& elf_next_in_group (first
) == first
)
12789 /* Check this single member group against linkonce sections. */
12790 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
12791 if ((l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0
12792 && bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (l
->sec
, first
, info
))
12794 first
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
12795 first
->kept_section
= l
->sec
;
12796 sec
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
12801 /* Check this linkonce section against single member groups. */
12802 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
12803 if (l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
12805 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (l
->sec
);
12808 && elf_next_in_group (first
) == first
12809 && bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (first
, sec
, info
))
12811 sec
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
12812 sec
->kept_section
= first
;
12817 /* Do not complain on unresolved relocations in `.gnu.linkonce.r.F'
12818 referencing its discarded `.gnu.linkonce.t.F' counterpart - g++-3.4
12819 specific as g++-4.x is using COMDAT groups (without the `.gnu.linkonce'
12820 prefix) instead. `.gnu.linkonce.r.*' were the `.rodata' part of its
12821 matching `.gnu.linkonce.t.*'. If `.gnu.linkonce.r.F' is not discarded
12822 but its `.gnu.linkonce.t.F' is discarded means we chose one-only
12823 `.gnu.linkonce.t.F' section from a different bfd not requiring any
12824 `.gnu.linkonce.r.F'. Thus `.gnu.linkonce.r.F' should be discarded.
12825 The reverse order cannot happen as there is never a bfd with only the
12826 `.gnu.linkonce.r.F' section. The order of sections in a bfd does not
12827 matter as here were are looking only for cross-bfd sections. */
12829 if ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.linkonce.r."))
12830 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
12831 if ((l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0
12832 && CONST_STRNEQ (l
->sec
->name
, ".gnu.linkonce.t."))
12834 if (abfd
!= l
->sec
->owner
)
12835 sec
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
12839 /* This is the first section with this name. Record it. */
12840 if (!bfd_section_already_linked_table_insert (already_linked_list
, sec
))
12841 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: already_linked_table: %E\n"));
12842 return sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
12846 _bfd_elf_common_definition (Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
12848 return sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
;
12852 _bfd_elf_common_section_index (asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12858 _bfd_elf_common_section (asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12860 return bfd_com_section_ptr
;
12864 _bfd_elf_default_got_elt_size (bfd
*abfd
,
12865 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12866 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12867 bfd
*ibfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12868 unsigned long symndx ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12870 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12871 return bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
12874 /* Routines to support the creation of dynamic relocs. */
12876 /* Returns the name of the dynamic reloc section associated with SEC. */
12878 static const char *
12879 get_dynamic_reloc_section_name (bfd
* abfd
,
12881 bfd_boolean is_rela
)
12884 const char *old_name
= bfd_get_section_name (NULL
, sec
);
12885 const char *prefix
= is_rela
? ".rela" : ".rel";
12887 if (old_name
== NULL
)
12890 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (prefix
) + strlen (old_name
) + 1);
12891 sprintf (name
, "%s%s", prefix
, old_name
);
12896 /* Returns the dynamic reloc section associated with SEC.
12897 If necessary compute the name of the dynamic reloc section based
12898 on SEC's name (looked up in ABFD's string table) and the setting
12902 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_section (bfd
* abfd
,
12904 bfd_boolean is_rela
)
12906 asection
* reloc_sec
= elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
;
12908 if (reloc_sec
== NULL
)
12910 const char * name
= get_dynamic_reloc_section_name (abfd
, sec
, is_rela
);
12914 reloc_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, name
);
12916 if (reloc_sec
!= NULL
)
12917 elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
= reloc_sec
;
12924 /* Returns the dynamic reloc section associated with SEC. If the
12925 section does not exist it is created and attached to the DYNOBJ
12926 bfd and stored in the SRELOC field of SEC's elf_section_data
12929 ALIGNMENT is the alignment for the newly created section and
12930 IS_RELA defines whether the name should be .rela.<SEC's name>
12931 or .rel.<SEC's name>. The section name is looked up in the
12932 string table associated with ABFD. */
12935 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section (asection
* sec
,
12937 unsigned int alignment
,
12939 bfd_boolean is_rela
)
12941 asection
* reloc_sec
= elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
;
12943 if (reloc_sec
== NULL
)
12945 const char * name
= get_dynamic_reloc_section_name (abfd
, sec
, is_rela
);
12950 reloc_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, name
);
12952 if (reloc_sec
== NULL
)
12954 flagword flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_READONLY
12955 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
12956 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
12957 flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
;
12959 reloc_sec
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, name
, flags
);
12960 if (reloc_sec
!= NULL
)
12962 /* _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr chooses a section type by
12963 name. Override as it may be wrong, eg. for a user
12964 section named "auto" we'll get ".relauto" which is
12965 seen to be a .rela section. */
12966 elf_section_type (reloc_sec
) = is_rela
? SHT_RELA
: SHT_REL
;
12967 if (! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, reloc_sec
, alignment
))
12972 elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
= reloc_sec
;
12978 /* Copy the ELF symbol type associated with a linker hash entry. */
12980 _bfd_elf_copy_link_hash_symbol_type (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12981 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
* hdest
,
12982 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
* hsrc
)
12984 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ehdest
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*)hdest
;
12985 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ehsrc
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*)hsrc
;
12987 ehdest
->type
= ehsrc
->type
;
12988 ehdest
->target_internal
= ehsrc
->target_internal
;
12991 /* Append a RELA relocation REL to section S in BFD. */
12994 elf_append_rela (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*s
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
12996 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12997 bfd_byte
*loc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
);
12998 BFD_ASSERT (loc
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
<= s
->contents
+ s
->size
);
12999 bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out (abfd
, rel
, loc
);
13002 /* Append a REL relocation REL to section S in BFD. */
13005 elf_append_rel (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*s
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
13007 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13008 bfd_byte
*loc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
);
13009 BFD_ASSERT (loc
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
<= s
->contents
+ s
->size
);
13010 bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out (abfd
, rel
, loc
);